url: =This file is an html transformation of sa_mahAparinirvANasUtra.xml with a rudimentary header. For a more extensive header please refer to the source file.\nErnst Waldschmidt, Das Mahaparinirvanasutra, Teil 1_3, Berlin 1950_1951 (Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst [bis Jahrgang 1949: Phil.-Hist. Kl.] 1949.1, 1950.2,3).\nThis file has been created by mass conversion of GRETIL's Sanskrit corpus from mpsu_w_u.htm. Due to the heterogeneity of the sources the header markup might be suboptimal. For the sake of transparency the header of the legacy file is documented in the <note> element below:\nBased on the ed. by Ernst Waldschmidt, Das Mahaparinirvanasutra, Teil 1_3, Berlin 1950_1951\n(Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst [bis Jahrgang 1949: Phil.-Hist. Kl.] 1949.1, 1950.2,3).\n(last corrections: 24.10.2005)\nMPS 25 (= ST.I) = Ernst Waldschmidt, "Der Buddha preist die Verehrungswürdigkeit seiner Reliquien", NAWG 1961, pp. 375-385 (= CT, pp. 417-427).\nMPS 31 (= ST.II) = Ernst Waldschmidt, "Wunderkräfte des Buddha - Eine Episode im Sanskrittext des Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra", NAWG 1948, pp. 48-91 (= CT, pp. 120-163)\nMPS 34 (= MSuSū) = Mahāsudarśanasūtra, in: Hisashi Matsumura, The Mahāsudarśanāvadāna and The Mahāsudarśanasūtra, Delhi 1988 (Bibliotheca Indo-Buddhica, 47).\n1.1 evaṃ mayā śrutam ||\n1.2 ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā(n) rājagṛhe vihara(ti) gṛdhrakūṭe parvate || tena kha(lu samayena rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīpu)tro vṛjibhiḥ sārdhaṃ prativiruddhaḥ ||\n1.3 sa evaṃ pariṣadi vācaṃ (bhāṣate) || aham imān vṛjīn ṛddhāṃś ca sphī(tāṃś ca kṣemāṃś ca subhikṣāṃś cākīrṇabahujanama)nuṣyāṃś cotsādayiṣyāmi vināśayiṣyāmy anayena vyasanam āpādayiṣyāmi ||\n1.4 atha rājā mā(gadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro varṣākāraṃ br)āhmaṇamagadhamahāmātram āmantrayate ||\n1.5 ehi tvaṃ varṣākāra yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrama || upetyāsmā(kaṃ vacanena bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandasvā)lpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchālpātaṅkatāṃ ca laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāṃ ca balaṃ ca (su)khaṃ cānavadya(tāṃ ca sparśavihāratāṃ ca ||) 1.6 (evaṃ ca vada || rājā) māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro vṛjibhiḥ sārdhaṃ prativiruddhaḥ || sa evaṃ pariṣadi vācaṃ bhāṣ(ate || aham imān vṛjīn ṛddhāṃś ca sphītāṃś ca kṣemāṃś ca) subhikṣāṃś cākīrṇabahujanamanu(ṣyāṃ)ś co(tsā)day(i)ṣyām(i) vināśayiṣyām(y) anayena vyasan(am āpādayiṣyāmi ||) 1.7 (kiṃ bhagavān āmantrayate || yathā varṣā)kāra sa bhagavāṃ vyākaroti tathaiv(odgṛhāṇa || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || a)vitathāvā(d)i(n)o hi bha(va)nti (tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ ||) 1.8 (evaṃ deveti varṣākāro brāhma)ṇamagadhamahāmātro rājño mā(gadhasyājātaśatror vaidehīputrasya pratiśrutya) sarvaśvetaṃ vaḍab(ā)ratham abh(i)ruhy(a) ........ māṇavagaṇaparivṛtaḥ sauvarṇena daṇḍakama ........... (rājagṛhān niryāti bhagavato 'ntikenopadarśanāya bhagava)ntaṃ paryupāsanāyai || tasya yā(vad yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām eva gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam abhiruhya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāmopetya) bhagavatā sārdhaṃ (saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃraṃjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisāryaikānte nyaṣīdat |) 1.9 (ekānte niṣaṇṇo varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamāhāmā)tr(o) bhagava(n)tam ida(m avocat ||) 1.10 (rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandaty alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchaty alpātaṅkatāṃ ca) pūrvavad yāv(at sparśa)vihāratāṃ ca ||\n1.11 su(khī bhavatu varṣākāra rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputras tvaṃ ca ||) 1.12 (rājā bhadanta māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro vṛjibhiḥ sārdhaṃ) prativiru(ddhaḥ || sa evaṃ) pariṣadi vācaṃ bh(āṣate || aham imān vṛjīn ṛddhāṃś ca sphītāṃś ca kṣemāṃś ca subhikṣāṃś cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyāṃś cotsādayiṣyāmi vināśayi)ṣyāmy an(ayena vya)sanam āpādayiṣ(y)ā(mi ||) 1.13 (kiṃ bhagavāṅ gautama āmantrayate ||) 1.14 (ekam ahaṃ varṣākāra samayaṃ vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu viharāmi cāpāle c)aitye || tatra ma(yā vṛjīnāṃ) saptāparihā(ṇīyā dharmā deśitāḥ || yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjaya imān saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān samādāya vartiṣyante vṛjiṣu ca saptāparihā)ṇīyā (dha)rmāḥ sandrakṣy(ante vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.15 (evam ahaṃ bhadantāsya bhagavato gautamasya saṃkṣiptena) bhā(ṣi)tasyāvi(bhaktasya vistareṇārthaṃ nājānāmi || bhagavān gautamo saṃkṣiptena bhāṣitasyārthaṃ vibhaktaṃ vistareṇa bhāṣeta || evam ahaṃ bhagavato gautama)sya saṃkṣiptena bhāṣitasyāvibh(aktaṃ vistareṇārthaṃ sādhu evājñāsyāmi ||) 1.16 (tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito bha)gavantaṃ vījayamānaḥ || tatra bhaga(vān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 1.17 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ vṛjayo 'bhīkṣṇasannipātā abhīkṣṇaṃ sannipātabahulā viharanti ||) 1.18 (śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛjayo 'bhīkṣṇasannipātā abhīkṣṇaṃ sannipātabahulā viharanti ||) 1.19 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayo 'bhīkṣṇasannipātā abhīkṣṇaṃ sannipātabahulā vihariṣyanti vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.20 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ vṛjayaḥ samagrāḥ sannipatanti samagrā vyuttiṣṭhanti samagrā vṛjikaraṇīyāni kurvanti ||) 1.21 (śrutaṃ me bha)danta vṛjayaḥ sama(grāḥ sannipatanti samagrā vyuttiṣṭhanti samagrā vṛjikaraṇīyāni kurvanti ||) 1.22 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayaḥ samagrāḥ sannipatiṣyanti sama)grā vyutthāsyanti (samagrā vṛjikaraṇīyāni kariṣyanti vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.23 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ vṛjayo 'pra)ṇihitaṃ na praṇi(dadhati praṇihitaṃ ca na samucchindati yathāprajñaptaṃ vṛjidharmaṃ samādāya vartante ||) 1.24 (śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛjayo 'praṇihitaṃ na praṇidadhati praṇihi)taṃ ca na samucchin(da)()n(ti yathāprajñaptaṃ vṛjidharmaṃ samādāya vartante ||) 1.25 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayo 'praṇihitaṃ na praṇidhāsyanti praṇihitaṃ ca na samucchetsyanti yathāprajñaptaṃ) vṛjidharmaṃ samādā(ya vartiṣyante vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.26 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ yās tā vṛjīnāṃ vṛjiprajāpatyo vṛjikumārikāś ca pitṛrakṣitā mātṛrakṣitā bhrātṛrakṣitā bhaginīrakṣitāḥ śvaśurarakṣitā śvaśrurakṣitā jñātirakṣitā gotrarakṣitāḥ saparidaṇḍāḥ sasvāmikāḥ kan)yāḥ paraparigṛ(hītā antaśo mālāguṇaparikṣiptā api tadrūpāsu) na sa(hasā balenānupraskandya kāmeṣu cāritram āpadyante ||) 1.27 (śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛjayo yā)s tā vṛjīnāṃ vṛji(p)r(ajāpatyo vṛjikumārikāś ca pitṛrakṣitā mātṛrakṣitā pūrvavad yāvad antaśo mālāguṇaparikṣiptā a)pi tadrūpā(su na sahasā) balenānupraskandya kāmeṣu cāritram āpadya(nte ||) 1.28 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayo yās tā) v(ṛ)jīnāṃ vṛji(prajāpatyo vṛjikumārikāś ca pūrvavad yāvad antaśo mālāguṇaparikṣiptā api) tadrūpāsu na sa(hasā balenānupraskandya kāmeṣu cāritram āpatsyante vṛddhir eva) vṛjīnāṃ (pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.29 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ vṛjayo ye) te vṛjīnāṃ vṛjimah(allakās tān satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pūjayanti teṣāṃ vacanaṃ śrotavyaṃ manyante ||) 1.30 (śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛja)yo ye te vṛ(jīnāṃ vṛjimahallakās tān satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pūjayanti teṣāṃ vacanaṃ śrotavyaṃ manyante ||) 1.31 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayo ye te vṛjīnāṃ vṛjimahallakās tān satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti teṣāṃ vacanaṃ śrota)vyaṃ ma(ṃ)sy(ante) v(ṛ)ddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ prati(kāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 1.32 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda śrutaṃ vṛjayo ye te vṛjīnāṃ caturdikṣu vṛjicaityās tān satkurvanti gurukurvan)ti mānayanti pūjayanti teṣāṃ ca pau(rāṇaṃ cihnavṛttaṃ na samucchindanti ||) 1.33 (śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛjayo ye te vṛjīnāṃ caturdikṣu vṛjicaityās tān satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pūjayan)ti teṣāṃ ca paurāṇaṃ cih(n)avṛttaṃ (na samucchindanti ||) 1.34 (yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjayo ye te vṛjīnāṃ caturdikṣu vṛjicaityās tān satkari)ṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti teṣāṃ ca paurāṇaṃ cihnavṛttaṃ na samu(cchet)sya(n)ti vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇā(ṃ) na parihāṇi(ḥ) ||\n1.35 (kiṃ nu tvayānanda) śrutaṃ vṛjīnām arhatā(m anti)ke tīvracetasa ārakṣāsmṛtiḥ pratyupasthitā kaccid anāgatāś cārhanta āgaccheyur āgatāś cābhirameraṃs te ca na vihanyerañ cīvarapiṇḍapā(taśayanāsanaglā)napratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ ||\n1.36 śrutaṃ me bhadanta vṛjīnām arhatām antike tīvracetasa ārakṣāsmṛtiḥ pratyupasthitā kaccid anāgatāś cārhanta āga(ccheyur āgatāś cā)bhirameraṃs te ca na vihanyerañ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ ||\n1.37 yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛ(jī)nām arhatām antike tīvracetasa (ārakṣāsmṛtiḥ) pratyupasthitā bhaviṣyati kaccid anāgatāś cārhanta āgaccheyur āgatāś cābhiramera(ṃ)s te ca na vihanyerañ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkā(rair vṛddhir eva vṛjī)nāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||\n1.38 yāvac ca varṣākāra vṛjaya imān saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān samādāya vartiṣyante vṛjiṣu ca saptāparihā(ṇīyā dharmāḥ sandrakṣyan)te vṛddhir eva vṛjīnāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||\n1.39 1.40 ekaikena tāvad bho gautamāṅgena samanvāgatā vṛjayo 'gamanīyāḥ syū rājño māga(dhasyājātaśa)tror vaidehīputrasya kaḥ punar vādaḥ sarvaiḥ ||\n1.41 hanta bho gautama gamiṣyāmo bahukṛtyāḥ smo bahukaraṇīyāḥ ||\n1.42 yasyedānīṃ varṣākāra kāla(ṃ) manyase ||\n1.43 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n2.1 tatra bhagavān (āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate || yāvanto bhikṣavo gṛdhra)kūṭaparvatam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ (sannipātaya ||) 2.2 (evaṃ bhadantety) āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yāvanto bhikṣavo gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvata(m upaniśritya) viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma || upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt || ekānt(a)sthit(a) ā(yuṣmān ānando) bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n2.3 yāvanto bhadanta bhikṣavo gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam upaniśritya viharanti te sarva upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipatitāḥ || yasyedānīṃ bhagavāṅ kālaṃ man(yate ||) 2.4 (atha bhagavān ye)nopasthānaśālā tenopajagāma || upetya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣī(dat) || niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantra(ya)te sma ||\n2.5 saptāhaṃ vo bhikṣavo 'parihā(ṇīyān dharmān deśayiṣyā)mi tāñ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || saptā(parihāṇīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.6 (yāvac ca bhikṣavo 'bhīkṣṇasannipātā a)bhīkṣṇaṃ sannipātabahulā vihariṣyanti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃ(kṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.7 (yāvac ca bhikṣavaḥ samagrāḥ) sannipatiṣyanti samagrā vyutthāsyanti samagrāḥ saṃghakaraṇīyā(ni kariṣyanti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.8 (yāva)c (ca) bhikṣavo 'praṇihitaṃ na praṇidhāsyanti praṇihitaṃ ca na (samucchetsyanti yathā)prajñap(t)i(kāṃ śi)kṣāṃ samādāy(a vartiṣyante vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā) k(u)śalānāṃ dharmā(ṇ)āṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||\n2.9 yāvac ca bhik(ṣavas tṛṣṇāyāḥ paunarbhavi)kyā (nandirāga)sahagatāyās ta(tra tatrābhinandinyā vaśaṃ na gacchanti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.10 (yāvac ca bhikṣavo ye te bhikṣavaḥ) sthavirā rāt(r)ijñāś cirapravrajitā ............... (tān satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūja)yiṣyanti teṣāṃ vacanaṃ (ś)r(ota)v(y)aṃ ma(ṃsyante vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.11 (yāvac ca bhikṣavo 'raṇyavanaprasthāni) prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvasiṣyan(ti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.12 (yāvac ca bhikṣavaḥ sabrahmacāriṇām antike tī)vracetasa ārakṣāsmṛtiḥ pratyupasth(itā kaccid anāgatāś ca sabrahmacāriṇa āgaccheyur āgatāś cābhirameraṃs te ca na vihanyerañ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglā)napratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārair vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pr(atikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.13 (yāvac) ca bhikṣava i(mān saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān samādāya vartiṣyante bhikṣuṣu) ca saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ sandrakṣyante vṛd(dh)i(r eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśa)lānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihā(ṇiḥ ||) 2.14 (aparān api saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān deśayiṣyāmi tāñ śṛṇuta) sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhā(ṣiṣye || saptāparihāṇīyā dha)rmāḥ katame ||\n2.15 yāvac ca bhikṣavaḥ śā(stāraṃ satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣyanti pūjayiṣyanti śāstā)raṃ satkṛtvā gurukṛtvā mānayitvā pū(jayitvopaśri)tya vihariṣyanti dharmaṃ śikṣām anuśā(sanam apramādaṃ pratisaṃstaraṃ samādhiṃ satkariṣyanti gurukariṣyanti mānayiṣya)nti pūjayiṣyanti samādhiṃ satkṛtvā (gurukṛtvā) māna(yitvā pūjayitvopaśritya vihariṣyanti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.16 Nur im Tib. 2.17 (aparā)n api saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān de(śa)yiṣyāmi (tāñ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.18 (yāvac ca bhikṣavo na karmārāmā bhaviṣyanti na bh)āṣyārāmā na nidrār(āmā) na sa(ṃ)gaṇi(kārāmā) ............... (vi)śeṣādhigamenā(nta)rāvasā(n) ....... (vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.19 Nur im Tib. 2.20 (aparān api saptāparihā)ṇīyān dharmān deśayiṣyāmi tāñ śṛṇuta (sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.21 (yāvac ca bhikṣavaḥ śrāddhā bhaviṣyanti hrīmanto bhaviṣyanty) avatrāpiṇa ārabdhavīryā u(pasthitasmṛtayaḥ samāhitāḥ prajñāvanto bhaviṣyanti vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.22 Nur im Tib. 2.23 (aparā)n api saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān deśa(yiṣyāmi tāñ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.24 (yāvac ca bhikṣavo dharmajñā arthajñā)ḥ kālajñā mātraj(ñ)ā ātmajñāḥ pariṣa(jjñāḥ pudgalavarāvarajñā vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.25 Nur im Tib. 2.26 (aparān api saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān deśayiṣyāmi tāñ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.27 (yāvac ca bhikṣavaḥ smṛtisaṃbodhyaṅgaṃ bhāvayiṣyanti vivekaniśritaṃ virāganiśritaṃ nirodhaniśritaṃ vyavasargapariṇataṃ dharmavicayavīryaprītiprasrabdhisamādhyupekṣāsaṃbodhyaṅgaṃ bhāvayiṣyanti vivekaniśritaṃ virāganiśritaṃ nirodhaniśritaṃ vyavasargapariṇataṃ vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.28 (yāvac ca bhikṣava imān saptāparihāṇīyān dharmān samādāya vartiṣyante bhikṣuṣu ca saptāparihāṇīyā dharmāḥ sandrakṣyante vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.29 (ṣaḍ ahaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ saṃraṃjanīyān dharmān deśayiṣyāmi tāñ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || ṣaṭ saṃraṃjanīyā dharmāḥ katame ||) 2.30 maitraṃ me kāyakarma pratyupasthitaṃ bhaviṣyati śāstu(r a)ntike vijñ(ā)nāñ ca sabrahmacār(i)ṇām || ayaṃ dharmaḥ saṃraṃjanīyaḥ priyakaraṇo gurukaraṇo manāpakaraṇaḥ priyatvāya gurutvāya gauravāya bhāvanāya saṃgrahāya samādhaye 'vigrahāyāvivādāya ekotībhāvāya saṃvartate ||\n2.31 maitraṃ vākkarma\n2.32 maitraṃ manaskarma\n2.33 ye te lābhā dhārmikā dharmalabdhā antataḥ pātragatāḥ pātraparyāpannās tadrūpeṣu lābheṣu sādhāraṇaparibhojino bhaviṣyāmo 'pratiguptabhojin(aḥ) sārdhaṃ vijñaiḥ sabrahmacāribhiḥ ||\nayaṃ dharmaḥ saṃraṃjanī(yaḥ) pūrvavat ||\n2.34 yāni tāni śīlāny akhaṇḍāny acchidrāṇy aśabalāny akalmāṣāṇi bhujiṣyāṇy aparāmṛṣṭāni susamāptāni susamādattāni vijñapraśastāny agarhitāni vijñais tadrūpaiḥ śīlaiḥ śīlasāmānyagatā bhaviṣyāmaḥ sārdhaṃ vijñaiḥ sa(b)r(a)hmac(ā)ribhiḥ || ayaṃ dharmaḥ saṃraṃjanīyaḥ pūrvavat ||\n2.35 yeyaṃ dṛṣṭir āryā nairyāṇikā nairvedhikā niryāti tatkarasamyagduḥkhakṣayāya duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai tadrūpayā dṛṣṭyā dṛṣṭisāmānyagatā bhaviṣyāmaḥ sārdhaṃ vijñaiḥ sabrahmacāribhiḥ || ayaṃ dharmaḥ saṃraṃjanīyaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekotībhāvā(ya saṃ)vartate ||\n2.36 (yāvac ca bhikṣava imān ṣaṭ saṃraṃjanīyān dharmān samādāya vartiṣyante bhikṣuṣu ca ṣaṭ saṃraṃjanīyā dharmāḥ sandrakṣyante vṛddhir eva bhikṣūṇāṃ pratikāṃkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na parihāṇiḥ ||) 2.37 <Nur Chin.> <Hier im Tib. Uddāna>\n3.1 (tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate || āgamayānanda yena pāṭaligrāmakaḥ ||) 3.2 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt || atha bhagavān sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena magadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran antarā ca pāṭaligrāmakam antarā ca rājagṛhaṃ rājāgārake rātrīṃ viharati veṇuyaṣṭikām upaniśritya ||) 3.3 (atha bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma || caturṇāṃ bhikṣava āryasatyānām ajñānād adarśanād anavabodhād aprativedhād idaṃ dīrgham adhvānaṃ saṃdhāvitaṃ saṃsṛtaṃ mayā yuṣmābhir eva ca || katameṣāṃ caturṇām ||) 3.4 (duḥkhasya duḥkhasamudayasya duḥkhanirodhasya duḥkhanirodhagāminyāḥ pratipado 'jñānād adarśanād anavabodhād aprativedhād idaṃ dīrgham adhvānaṃ saṃdhāvitaṃ saṃsṛtaṃ mayā yuṣmā)bhir eva ca ||\n3.5 tad idaṃ duḥkha(m āryasatyam anuviddhaṃ p)r(ati)viddham ucch(i)nnā bhavanetrī vikṣīṇo jātisaṃsāro nāstīdānī(ṃ) punarbhavaḥ ||\n3.6 duḥkhasamudayo duḥkhanirodho duḥkhanirodhagāminī prati(pad āryasatyam anuviddhaṃ) p(ra)t(i)viddham ucchin(n)ā bhavanetrī vikṣīṇo jātisaṃsāro nāstīdānīṃ punarbhavaḥ ||\n3.7 Nur im Tib.\n3.8 caturṇām āryasatyānāṃ\nsaṃsṛtaṃ (d)īrgha(m adhvānaṃ mayā yu)ṣmābhir eva ca | 1 3.9 tāni satyāni dṛṣṭāni bhavanetrī samuddhṛtā ||\nvikṣīṇo jātisaṃsāro nāstīdānīṃ punarbhavaḥ | 2\n4.1 tatra bha(gavān āyuṣmantam ānan)dam (ā)mantrayate || āgamayānanda yena pāṭaligrāmakaḥ ||\n4.2 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmā(n ā)nan(d)o bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt || atha bha(gavā)n (magadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran pāṭa)ligrāmakam anuprāptaḥ pāṭaligrāmake viharati pāṭalake caitye ||\n4.3 aśrau(ṣu)ḥ pāṭa(ligrāmī)y(ak)ā brāhmaṇagṛhapata(y)o (bhagavān gautamo magadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran pāṭa)ligrāmakam anuprāptaḥ pāṭaligrāmake viharati pā(ṭa)lake caitye ||\n4.4 (śrutvā ca punaḥ saṃ)ghāt saṃghaṃ pūgāt pūgaṃ saṃ(gamya samāgamya pāṭaligrāmakān niṣkramya yena) bhagavāṃs tenopajagmur upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikān(te nyaṣīdan ||) 4.5 ekānt(ani)ṣaṇṇān pāṭaligrāmīya(kān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn bhagavān i)dam a(vo)cat ||\n4.6 pañceme brāhmaṇagṛhapataya ādīnavāḥ pramāde || katame pañca ||\n4.7 iha br(āhma)ṇag(ṛha)patayaḥ pramattaḥ pramād(ādhikaraṇahetor) mahatīṃ bhogajyāniṃ nigacchati || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇah(eto)r mahatī(ṃ) bhogajyāniṃ nigacchati || ayaṃ prath(ama) ād(īnavaḥ pramāde ||) 4.8 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetor yāṃ yām eva pariṣadam upasaṃkrāmati yadi vā kṣatriyapa(r)i(ṣadaṃ yadi vā brāh)maṇapariṣadaṃ yadi vā gṛhapatipariṣadaṃ yadi vā śramaṇapariṣadaṃ tatra tatra madgur upasaṃkrāmaty anudagro 'viśāradaḥ || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapata(yaḥ) p(ra)mattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetor yāṃ yām eva pariṣadam upasaṃkrāmati pūrvavad yāvad aviśāradaḥ || ayaṃ dvitīya ādīnavaḥ pramāde ||\n4.9 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattasya pramādādhikaraṇahetor digvidikṣu (pā)pako 'va(rṇo 'kīrtiśa)bdaśl(o)ko 'bhyudgacchati || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattasya pramādādhikaraṇahetor digvidikṣu pāpako 'varṇo 'kīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhy(ud)g(ac)chati || ayaṃ tṛtīya ādīnavaḥ pramāde ||\n4.10 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetor vipratisārī kālaṃ karoti || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetor vipratisārī kālaṃ karoti || ayaṃ caturtha ādīnavaḥ pramāde ||\n4.11 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetoḥ kāyasya bhedān narakeṣūpapadyate || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ pramattaḥ pramādādhikaraṇahetoḥ kāyasya bhedān narakeṣūpapadyate || ayaṃ pañcama ādīnavaḥ pramāde ||\n4.12 pañca tv ime brāhmaṇagṛhapataya ānuśaṃsā apramāde || katame pañca ||\n4.13 iha brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor na mahatīṃ bhogajyāniṃ nigacchati || yad br(ā)hmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor na mahatī(ṃ) bhogajyāniṃ nigacchati || ayaṃ prathama ānuś(aṃ)so 'pramāde ||\n4.14 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor yāṃ yām eva pariṣadam upasaṃkrāmati yadi vā kṣatriyapariṣadaṃ yadi vā brāhmaṇapariṣadaṃ yadi vā gṛhapatipariṣadaṃ yadi vā śramaṇapariṣadaṃ tatra tatrāmadgur upasaṃkrāmaty udagro viśāradaḥ || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor yāṃ yām eva pariṣadam upasaṃkrāmati pūrvavad yāvad viśāradaḥ || ayaṃ dvitīya ānuśaṃso 'pramāde ||\n4.15 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramattasyāpramādādhikaraṇahetor digvidikṣūdāraḥ kalyāṇaḥ kīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchati || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramattasyāpramādādhikaraṇahetor digvidikṣūdāraḥ kalyāṇaḥ kīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchati || ayaṃ tṛtīya ānuśaṃso 'pramāde ||\n4.16 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor na vipratisārī kālaṃ karoti || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetor na vipratisārī kālaṃ karoti || ayaṃ caturtha ānuśaṃso 'pramāde ||\n4.17 punar aparaṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetoḥ kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyate || yad brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo 'pramatto 'pramādādhikaraṇahetoḥ k(āyasya) bhedāt sugatau sv(a)rgaloke deveṣūpapadyate || ayaṃ pañcama ānuśaṃso 'pramāde ||\n4.18 (atha bhagavān pāṭaligrāmīyakān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati || anekaparyāyeṇa dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvā tūṣṇīm abhūt ||) 4.19 atha pāṭaligrāmīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttar(āsa)ṅgaṃ kṛtvā ye(na) bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocan || adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavān āvasathe rātriṃvāsāya || adhivāsayati bhagavān pāṭaligrāmīyak(ā)nāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena ||\n4.20 atha pāṭaligrāmīyakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrānt(āḥ) ||\n5.1 atha bhagavān aciraprakrāntān pāṭaligrāmīyakān brāhmaṇagṛhapatīn viditvā bahir āvasathasya pādau prakṣālyāvasathaṃ praviśya nyaṣīdat ||\n5.2 (tena samayena varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātra udyuktaḥ pāṭaligrāmakaṃ nagaraṃ māpayituṃ vṛjīnāṃ pratighātārtham || tadā pāṭaligrāmake mahāśakyamahāśakyā devatā vastuni pratigṛhṇanti ||) 5.3 paryaṅkam ābhujyarjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpyādrākṣīd bhagavān āvasathe divāvihāropagato divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa pāṭaligrāmake mahāśakyamahāśakyā devatā vastūni pratigṛhṇanti || dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāyāvasathād avatīryāvasathapracchāyāyāṃ p(u)rastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat ||\n5.4 niṣadya bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\nka ānandodyuktaḥ pāṭaligrāmakaṃ n(agara)ṃ māpayitum ||\n5.5 varṣākāro bhadanta brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātra udyuktaḥ pāṭaligrāmakaṃ nagaraṃ māpayituṃ vṛjīnāṃ pratighātārtham ||\n5.6 sādhu sādhv (ānanda + + varṣā)kāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro yathā (devais trāyastriṃśaiḥ sārdham) + + + + + + + ||\n5.7 (atrāham āna)ndādrākṣam āvasathe divāvihāropagat(aḥ pāṭaligrāmake mahāśakyamahāśa)kyā devatā vas(tū)ni p(rat)i(gṛhṇanti ||) 5.8 (yasminn ānanda pradeśe mahāśakyamahāśakyā de)vatā vastūni pratigṛhṇanti m(ahāśakyānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmin pradeśe) c(i)ttaṃ krāmati yaduta vā(sāya ||) 5.9 yasmin pradeśe madhyā devatā v(astū)ni pratigṛhṇanti madhyānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmin pradeśe cittaṃ krāmati yaduta vāsāya ||\n5.10 yasmi(n pra)d(e)śe nīcā devatā vastūni pratigṛhṇanti nīcānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ tas(min) pradeśe cittaṃ krāmati yaduta vāsāya ||\n5.11 asminn ānanda pāṭaligrāmake mahāśakyamahā(śa)kyā devatā vastūni pratigṛhṇanti || asmin pradeśe mahāśakyānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ cittaṃ kramiṣyati yaduta vāsāya ||\n5.12 yāvad evānandāryā āvāsā ā(ryā) vyavahārā āryā vāṇir yathaitad agraṃ bhaviṣyati puṭabh(edanā)nāṃ yaduta pāṭaliputraṃ nagaraṃ ||\n5.13 tasya trayo 'ntarāyā veditavyā agnito 'py udakato ('py a)bhyantarato 'pi mithobhedāt ||\n6.1 aśrauṣīd varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātraḥ || bhagavān gautamo magadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran pāṭaligrāmakam anuprāptaḥ pā(ṭa)ligrāmake viharati pāṭalake caitye || (paryu)pā(sate ta)ṃ pāṭaligr(āmīyakā brāhmaṇagṛha)patayaḥ ||\n6.2 śrutvā ca punaḥ pāṭaligrāmakān niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs t(e)nopajagāma || upetya bhagavat(ā) sā(r)dh(aṃ) s(aṃ)mukh(aṃ saṃ)m(o)dan(īṃ) saṃra(ṃ)j(anīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisār)yaikānte nyaṣīdat ||\n6.3 ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ varṣākāraṃ brāhmaṇamagadha(ma)hāmātraṃ bhagavān dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samutte(jayati saṃ)praharṣayati || anekaparyāyeṇa dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpa(yi)tvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayi(t)vā tūṣṇīm abhūt ||\n6.4 atha v(arṣākā)ro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātra utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā ye(na) bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n6.5 adhivāsayatu me bhavāṅ gautamaḥ śvo bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena || adhivāsayati bha(ga)vān varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena ||\n6.6 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā (bhagava)to bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n6.7 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātras tām eva rātriṃ śuciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapyodakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati || samayo bho gautamo sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhavāṅ gautamaḥ kālaṃ manyate ||\n6.8 atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣusaṃghaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasya bhaktābhisāras tenopajagāma || upetya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat ||\n6.9 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātraḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati saṃpravārayati || śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāraṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purato 'sthāt || āyācamāna evaṃ cāha ||\n6.10 ito dānād yaḥ puṇyābhiṣyandaḥ kuśalābhiṣyandaḥ sa bhavatu pāṭaliputravāstavyānāṃ devatānāṃ dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya || teṣāñ ca nāmnā dakṣiṇām ādiśasva ||\n6.11 atha bhagavān varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasya tad dānam anayā(bhyanu)modanayābhyanumodate ||\n6.12 yo devatāḥ pūjayati śrāddhaḥ puruṣapudgalaḥ ||\nśāstur vākyakaro bhavati buddhair etat praśaṃsitam | 1 6.13 yasmin pradeśe medhāvī vāsaṃ kalpayati paṇḍ(i)taḥ ||\nśīlavantaṃ bhojayitvā dakṣiṇām ādiśet tataḥ | 2 6.14 te mānitā mānayanti pūjitāḥ pūjayanti ca ||\nathainam anukampanti mātā putram ivaurasam ||\ndevānukampitappoṣaḥ sukhī bhadrāṇi paśyati | 3\n7.1 atha bhagavān varṣākāraṃ brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātraṃ dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n7.2 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro yat tatrotsīdanadharmaṃ tat sarvaṃ visarjanadharmam iti kṛtvā bhagavantaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ ||\n7.3 atha varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasyaitad abhavat ||\nyena dvāreṇa śramaṇo gautamaḥ prathamato niṣkramiṣyati tam ahaṃ gautamadvāraṃ māpayiṣyāmi yena (t)īrthena śramaṇo gautamaḥ prathamato nadīṃ gaṅgām uttariṣyati tam ahaṃ gautama(tī)rthaṃ māpayiṣyāmi ||\n7.4 atha bhagavān varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasya cetasā cittam ājñāya paścimena dvāreṇa niṣkramyottareṇānvāvṛtto yena nadī gaṅgā ||\n7.5 tena khalu samayena māgadhakā manuṣyā nadīṃ gaṅgām uttaranty api pratyuttaranty apy ekatyāḥ śalmaliphaleṣv ekatyā alābuniḥśrayaṇikābhir ekatyās tḥlabimbopanair ekatyāś chāgalakair dṛtibhiḥ ||\n7.6 atha bhagavata etad abhavat || kiṃ nu nadīṃ gaṅgām asajyamānaḥ srotaso gacchāmy āho svid apārime tīre 'ntarhitaḥ pārime tīre pratitiṣṭh(āmi || ath)a bhagavāṃs tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte 'pārime tīre 'ntarhitaḥ pārime tīre pratyasthāt ||\n7.7 atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇama(ga)dhamahāmātro yena dvār(eṇa bhagav)ā(n) niṣkrā(n)tas tad gautamadvāraṃ māpayati yena tīrthena bhagavān nadīṃ gaṅgām uttīrṇas tad gautamatīrthaṃ māpayati ||\n7.8 athānyataro bhikṣus tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ babh(āṣe) |\n7.9 ye taranti h(y) ā(rṇavaṃ sa)raḥ\nkolaṃ hi ja(nā)ḥ prabadhnate tīrṇā medhāvino jan(āḥ | 1) 7.10 (u)ttīrṇo bhagavān buddho brāhmaṇas tiṣṭhati sthale ||\nbhikṣavaḥ parisnāy(an)ti kolaṃ ba(dhnanti śrāva)kāḥ | 2 7.11 kiṃ kuryād udapānena āpaś cet sarvato yadi ||\nch(i)ttveha mūlaṃ tṛṣṇā(yā)ḥ kasya (paryeṣa)ṇāṃ caret | 3\n8.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n8.2 āgamy(ānanda yena ku)ṭ(i)grāmakaḥ ||\n8.3 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||\n8.4 atha bhagavān yena (ku)ṭi(grā)makas tena caryāṃ prakrāntaḥ || anupūrveṇa caryāñ (caraṅ kuṭigrāmakam a)nuprāptaḥ kuṭigrāmake viharaty uttareṇa grāmasya śiṃśapāvane ||\n8.5 tatra bhagavā(n bhikṣūn) āmantrayate ||\n8.6 itīmāni bhikṣavaḥ śīlāny ayaṃ s(amādhir iyaṃ prajñā ||) śīlaparibhāvitaḥ samādhiś cirasthitiko bhavati || prajñāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ samyag eva vim(u)cyate rāgadveṣamohebhyaḥ ||\n8.7 evaṃ samyaksuvimuktacitta āryaśrāvakaḥ samyag (eva) praj(ānāti ||) kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi ||\n9.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n9.2 āgamayānanda yena nādi(k)ā ||\n9.3 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||\n9.4 atha bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu caryāñ caran nā(dikām anuprāpto nādikāyāṃ viharati kuñjikāvasathe ||) 9.5 (tena samayena nādikāyā mahato janakāyasya māry utthitābhūt || tathā hi karkaṭaka upāsakaḥ kālagataḥ ||) 9.6 (nikaṭa upāsakaḥ kaḍaṅgaraḥ kātyarṣabhaś cārur upacārur ariṣṭa upāriṣṭo bhadraḥ subhadro yaśo yaśodatto yaśottaro 'pi kālagataḥ ||) 9.7 (atha saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāya nādikāṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣan ||) 9.8 (aśrauṣuḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavo nādikāṃ piṇḍāya carantaḥ || asyāṃ nādikāyāṃ mahāñ janakāyo mṛtaḥ || tathā hi karkaṭaka upāsakaḥ kālagato nikaṭo kaḍaṅgaraḥ kātyarṣabhaś cārur upacārur ariṣṭa upāriṣṭo bhadraḥ subhadro yaśo yaśodatto yaśottaraḥ kālagataḥ ||) 9.9 (śrutvā ca punar nādikāṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyāḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātāḥ pratikrāntāḥ || pātracīvaraṃ pratiśāmya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmuḥ || upetya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdan ||) 9.10 (ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavo bhagavantam idam avocan ||) 9.11 (iha vayaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāya) nādikāṃ piṇḍāya prāviśāma || aśrauṣma (vayam) asyāṃ nādikāyāṃ ka(rkaṭaka upāsakaḥ kālagataḥ) pūrvava(d yāvad yaśodatto yaśottaraḥ kālagataḥ) teṣāṃ bhadanta kā gatiḥ kopapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāyaḥ ||\n9.12 karkaṭaka up(āsakaḥ pañcānām avarabhāgīyā)nāṃ saṃ(yojanānāṃ prahāṇād aupapādukās tatra parinirvāyy anāgāmy anāvṛttidharmā pu)nar imaṃ lokaṃ ||\n9.13 nikaṭaḥ kaḍaṅgaraḥ pūrvavad yāvad yaśottara upāsakaḥ pañ(cānām avarabhāgīyānāṃ pūrvavad) yāvat punar imaṃ lo(kam ||) 9.14 (santi bhikṣavo nādikā)yām ardhatṛtīyāny upāsakaśatāni kālagatāni yāni pañcānām a(varabhāgīyānāṃ saṃyojanān)āṃ prahāṇād aupapādukās tatra parinirvāyiṇo 'nāgāmino 'nāvṛttidharmāṇaḥ punar imaṃ lokam ||\n9.15 sāti(rekāṇi bhikṣavo nādikāyāṃ tryupāsa)kaśatāni abhyatītāni kālagatāni yāni trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇād rāgadveṣamohānāṃ ca tanutvā(t kālaṃ kṛtvā sakṛdāgāminaḥ sakṛd imaṃ lokam āgamya duḥkhasyāntaṃ ka)riṣyanti ||\n9.16 sātirekāṇy asyāṃ nādikāyāṃ pañcopāsakaśatāny abhyatītān(i) kālagatāni yāni (trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇāc chrotaāpannā avinipā)tadharmāṇo niyataṃ saṃbodhiparāyaṇāḥ saptakṛtvaḥparamāḥ sap(takṛtvo de)vāṃś ca manuṣyāṃ(ś ca saṃdhāvya saṃsṛtya duḥkhasyāntaṃ kariṣyanti ||) 9.17 (kālagatāḥ kā)lagatā iti yūyaṃ bhikṣavas tathāgataṃ prakṣyatha viheṭhayiṣyatha tathāgataṃ (na puna)r anena tathā(gat). + + + + + + + + (jātasyāvaśyaṃ kālakr)iyā ||\n9.18 kim atr(ā)ścaryam || utpādād vā tathāgatānām anutpādād vā sthitaiveyaṃ dharmatā dharma(sthitaye dhātūṃs tāṃs tathāgataḥ) svayam abhijñāyābhisaṃ(buddhyā)khyāti prajñ(ā)payati pra(sth)āpay(ati vibha)jati vivaraty uttānīka(roti de)śayati saṃ(prakāśayati ||) 9.19 (yadutāsmin satīdaṃ bhavaty asyotpādād idam utpadyate yadutāvidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā yāvat samudayo nirodha)ś ca bhavati ||\n9.20 9.21 api (dharmādarśaṃ nāma dharma)paryāyaṃ deśayiṣye || (taṃ śṛṇ)uta s(ā)dhu ca su(ṣṭhu) ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye || dharmāda(r)ś(o dharmapa)ryāyaḥ (katamaḥ || buddhe dharme saṃghe 'vetyaprasā)dena samanvā(gato bhavaty ā)ryakāntaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati || ayam ucyate dharmādarśo dharmaparyāyaḥ || dharmādarś(o dharmaparyāya i)ti me yad ukt(aṃ yuṣmākaṃ bhikṣavas tad uktam ||) 9.22\n10.1 (tatra bhagavān ā)yuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate || āgamayānanda yena vaiśālī ||\n10.2 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 10.3 (atha bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapade)ṣu caryāṃ caran vaiśālim anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharaty āmra(pālivane ||) 10.4 (aśrauṣīd āmrapālir gaṇikā || bhagavāṅ gautamo vaiśālīm anu)prāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharaty asmākam evāmravane ||\n10.5 śrutvā ca punaḥ sarvāl(aṃkārair alaṃkṛtā strīgaṇam anvāhiṇḍayitvā bhadraṃ yānam adhiruhya vaiśālyā niryāti bhagavato 'ntikenopadarśa)nāya bhagavantaṃ paryupāsanāyai ||\n10.6 tasyā yāvad yānabhūmis tāvad yānena g(atvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām eva yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntā ||) 10.7 (adrākṣīd bhagavān anekaśatabhikṣuparivāre sanniṣaṇṇa āmrapāliṃ dūrād āgacchantīṃ) dṛṣṭv(ā) ca puna(r) bh(i)kṣūn āmantrayate ||\n10.8 ātāpino bhikṣavo viha(rata saṃprajānāḥ pratismṛtāḥ || āmrapālir gaṇikātrāgatā ||) 10.9 (kathaṃ ca bhikṣur ātā)pī bhavati ||\n10.10 iha bhikṣur utpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇ(āṃ prahāṇāya cchandaṃ janayati vyāyacchate vīryam ārabhate cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti pradadhāti ||) (a)nutpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpād(āya cchandaṃ janayati pūrvavat ||\nanutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām utpādāya cchandaṃ jana)yati pūrvavat ||\nutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye (bhūyobhāvatāyā asaṃpramoṣāya paripūraṇāya vaipulyāya cchandaṃ janayati pūrvavat || ayaṃ) bh(i)kṣur ātāpī bhavati ||\n10.11 kathañ ca bhikṣuḥ saṃprajāno bhavati ||\n10.12 iha bhi(kṣur abhikrānte pratikrānte saṃprajāno bhavaty ālokite vilokite saṃmiñjite prasāri)t(e) saṃghāṭīcīvarapātradhāraṇe gate sthite niṣaṇṇe śayite jāgarite (bhāṣite tūṣṇīṃbhāve supte śrame viśrame saṃprajāno bhavati || ayaṃ bhikṣur saṃprajā)no bhavati ||\n10.13 kathañ ca bhikṣuḥ pratismṛto bhavati ||\n10.14 iha bhikṣur adhyātmaṃ kā(ye kāyānupaśyī viharaty ātāpī saṃprajānaḥ smṛtimān vinīyābhidhyā loke daurmanasyam || bahirdhā kā)ye 'dhyātmabahirdhā kāye 'dhyātmaṃ vedanāsu bahirdhā vedanāsv (adhyātmabahirdhā vedanāsv adhyātmaṃ citte bahirdhā citte 'dhyātmabahirdhā citte 'dhyātmaṃ dharme)ṣu bahirdhā dharmeṣv adhyātmabahirdhā dharmeṣu dharmānupaśyī vi(haraty ātāpī saṃprajānaḥ smṛtimān vinīyābhidhyā loke daurmanasyam || ayaṃ bhikṣuḥ prati)smṛto bhavati ||\n10.15 ātāpino bhikṣavo viharata saṃprajānāḥ pra(tismṛtāḥ || āmrapālir gaṇikātrāgatety eva mayākhyāta)m ||\n10.16 ath(ā)mrap(ā)lir yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma || upetya bhagavatpādau śi(rasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat ||) 10.17 (ekāntaniṣaṇṇām āmrapāliṃ bhagavān dhārmyā kathayā) pūrvavad yāvat saṃpraharṣayitvā tūṣṇīm abhūt ||\n10.18 atha āmrapāli(r utthāyāsanād yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 10.19 (adhivāsa)yatu me bhagavā(ñ) śvo bhaktena sārdh(aṃ) bhikṣu(saṃghena ||) 10.20 (adhivāsayati bhagavāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena || atha āmrapālir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā) bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato ('ntikāt prakrāntā ||)\n11.1 (aśrauṣur vaiśālakā licchavayaḥ || bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprā)p(t)o vai(śā)lyāṃ viharaty āmrapālivane ||\n11.2 (śrutvā pratyekapratyekaṃ bhadreṣu yāneṣv adhiruhya) ........... māṇābhir\n11.3 e(ka)tyā nīlāśvā nīlarathā nī(lapragrahapratodā nīloṣṇīṣā nīlacchatrakhaḍgakośā nīlamaṇidaṇḍakacāmarā nīlavastrālaṃkāravilepanā nīlaparivārā)\n11.4 ekatyāḥ (pītā)śvāḥ pītarathāḥ pītapragrah(apratodāḥ pītoṣṇīṣāḥ pītacchatrakhaḍgakośāḥ pītamaṇidaṇḍakacāmarāḥ pītavastrālaṃkāravilepanāḥ pītaparivārā ||)\n11.5 (ekatyā lohitāśvā) lohitarathā lohitapragrahapratodā l(ohitoṣṇīṣā lohitacchatrakhaḍgakośā lohitamaṇidaṇḍakacāmarā lohitavastrālaṃkāravilepanā lohitaparivārā)\n11.6 (ekatyāḥ śvetāśvāḥ ś)v(eta)r(a)thāḥ śvetapragrahapratodāḥ śv(e)toṣṇīṣ(āḥ śvetacchatrakhaḍgakośāḥ śvetamaṇidaṇḍakacāmarāḥ śvetavastrālaṃkāravilepanāḥ śvetaparivārā)\n11.7 (uccaśabdaṃ prakṣveḍayanto mahāśabdaṃ prakṣveḍayanto vaiśālyā niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmur bhaga)vaddarśanāy(a bha)gavantaṃ paryupāsanāyai ||\n11.8 (adrākṣīd bhagavān vaiśalakāl licchavīn dūrād evāgacchato dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||) 11.9 ............... vaiśālakā(l li)cchavīn paśyatha || anayard(dhyā) ........ 11.10 teṣāṃ yāvad yānabhūmis tāv(ad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām eva yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmur upe)tya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte n(yaṣīdan ||) 11.11 (ekāntaniṣaṇṇān vaiśālakāl licchavīn bhagavān dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati ||) 11.12 (tena kha)lu samayena paiṅgiko māṇavas t(asmin samāje) sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ || a(tha paiṅgiko māṇava utthāyāsanād ekāṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 11.13 (prati)bhāti me bhagavan pratibhāti me su(gata ||) 11.14 (pratibhātu te paiṅgiketi bhagavān avocat ||) 11.15 (atha paiṅgiko māṇavo gāthā babhāṣe ||) 11.16 + + + + + + + + dhāriṇo lābhā sulabdhā magadhe + + + ||\n+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 1 11.17 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (phu)llam upetagandham ||\naṅgīrasaṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 2\n11.18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (cakṣu)ṣkarālokakarā bhavanti ya u + + + + + + + + + | 3\n11.20 .............. taiḥ pañcottarāsaṅgaśatāni so .........\n11.21 (atha bhagavān vaiśālakāl licchavīn dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvā tūṣṇīm abhūt ||)\n11.22 (atha vaiśālakā licchavaya utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñja)liṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avo(can ||) 11.23 (adhivāsayatu no bhagavāñ śvo bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena ||) 11.24 (nimantrito 'smi vāsiṣṭhās tatprathamata āmrapālyā ||) 11.25 (bha)dantāmrapālyāmbakayā a ................... (punar vayaṃ bhadantopasthāsyāmo bhagavantaṃ bhikṣusaṃ)ghaṃ ca ||\n11.26 kalyāṇam idaṃ vāsiṣṭhā u(ktam ||) 11.27 (atha vaiśālakā licchavayo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavatpādau śirasā vandi)tvā bhagavato 'ntikāt pr(a)krāntāḥ ||\n12.1 (athāmrapālis tām eva rātriṃ śuciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāya āsanakāni prajña)pyodakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya bha(gavato dūtena kālam ārocayati ||) 12.2 (samayo bho gautamo sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhavāṅ gautamaḥ kālaṃ manyate ||) 12.3 (atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivasya pā)tracīvaram ādāya bhikṣusaṃghapa(rivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yenāmrapālyā gaṇikāyā bhaktābhisāras tenopajagāma || upetya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nya)ṣīdat ||\n12.4 athāmrapāliḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śu(cin)ā praṇīte(na khādanī)yabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati saṃpravārayati || śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā 12.5 bhagavantaṃ bhuktav(an)t(aṃ) viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcatarakam āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purato niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya ||\n12.6 atha bhagavān āmrapālyās tad dānam anayābhyanumodanayābhyanumodate |\n12.7 dadat priyo bhavati bhajanti taṃ janāḥ\nama(d)gu(bhū)taḥ pariṣadaṃ vigāhate viśārado bhavati naro hy amatsarī | 1 12.8 tasmād dhi dānāni dadati paṇḍitā vinīya mātsaryamalaṃ sukhaiṣiṇaḥ ||\nte dīrgharātraṃ tridaśe pratiṣṭhitā devānāṃ svabhāvagatā ramanti t(e) | 2 12.9 kṛtāyuṣāḥ kṛtakuśalā itaś cyutāḥ svayaṃprabhā anuvicaranti nandane ||\n(te) tatra krīḍanti ramanti cobhayaṃ samarpitāḥ kāmaguṇais tu pañcabhiḥ ||\nśrutveha vākyam asitasya tāyinaḥ svarge ramante sugatasya śrāvakāḥ | 3 12.10 atha bhagavān āmrapāli(ṃ) dhārmy(ā) kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n13.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āma(n)trayat(e) ||\n13.2 āgamayānanda yena veṇugrāmakaḥ ||\n13.3 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavata(ḥ prat)y(a)śrauṣīt ||\n13.4 atha bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran veṇugrāmakam anuprāpto veṇugrāmake viharaty uttareṇa grāmasya śiṃśapāvane ||\n13.5 tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam abhūt kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena ||\n13.6 tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||\n13.7 etarhi bhikṣavo durbhikṣaṃ kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabho piṇḍako yācanakena ||\n13.8 eta yūyaṃ bhikṣavo yathāsaṃstutikayā yathāsaṃlaptikayā yathāsaṃpremikayā vaiśālīsama(n)takena vṛjigrāmakeṣu varṣām upagacchata ||\n13.9 aham apy asminn eva veṇugrāmake varṣām upagamiṣyāmy ānandena bhikṣuṇopasthāyakena || mā sarva eva piṇḍakena k(lāma)tha ||\n13.10 evaṃ bh(adanteti) te bhikṣavo bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya 13.11 yathāsaṃstutikayā yathāsaṃlapt(i)ka(y)ā y(athāsaṃpremikayā vaiśālīsamantakena vṛjigrāmakeṣu varṣām upagatāḥ ||)\n14.1 (bhagavān tatraiva veṇugrāmake varṣām upagata ānandena bhikṣuṇopasthāya)k(e)na ||\n14.2 t(asya) kh(al)u (varṣopagatasyotpannaḥ khara ābādhaḥ pragāḍhā vedanā māraṇāntikā ||) 14.3 (atha bhagavata etad abhavat ||) 14.4 (utpanno me khara ābādhaḥ pragāḍhā ve)danā māraṇāntikā viprakrānta(ś ca bhikṣusaṃghaḥ ||) 14.5 (na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ viprakrānte bhikṣusaṃghe parinirvāyām || yan nv ahaṃ tata ekatyā vedanā vī)ryeṇa pr(a)tiprasrabhya sarvanimi(ttānām amanasikārād ānimittaṃ cetaḥsamādhiṃ kāyena sākṣīkṛtvopasaṃpadya vihareyam ||) 14.6 (atha bhagavān tata e)katyā vedanā vīryeṇa pratiprasra(bhya) sarvanimittā(nām amanasikārād animittaṃ cetaḥsamādhiṃ kāyena sākṣīkṛtvopasaṃpadya vyahārṣīt || tena tathāgatasya kṣemaṇī)yatarañ cābhūd yāpanīyatara(ñ ca ||) 14.7 (athāyuṣmān ā)nandaḥ s(ā)yāhn(e) pratis(aṃlayanād vyutthāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma || upetya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā va)nditvaikānte 'sthāt ||\n14.8 ekāntasthit(a āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam a)vocat ||\n14.9 api me bhada(n)ta m. .............. lapante bhagavata imam evaṃ .r .......... (ā)śvāsamātram || na tāvad bhagav(ān parinirvā)syati yāvad bhagavān bhikṣusaṃ(gh). ............. 14.10 (ya)syānandaivaṃ syāt || (mamāsti bhikṣu)saṃgha(ḥ || ahaṃ) bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pari(hariṣyāmīti) ...... 14.11 (mama khalv ā)nanda naivaṃ bhava(ti || mamāsti bhikṣu)s(a)ṃghaḥ || a(ha)ṃ (bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parihariṣyāmīti) ................ 14.12 .............. 14.13 (tadyathā catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni catvāri samyakprahāṇāni catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ pañcendriyāṇi pañca balāni sapta bodhyaṅgāny āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ ||) 14.14 (na tatrānanda tathāgatasya dharmeṣv ācāryamu)ṣṭi(r) yaṃ tathāgataḥ praticchādayitavyaṃ manyeta || kaccin me pare na vi(dyur iti ||) 14.15 (utpannaḥ kadāpi tathāgatasya khara ābādhaḥ pragāḍhā vedanā māraṇā)ntik(ā ||) 14.16 tasya ma etad abhavat || utpanno me khara ābādhaḥ pragāḍhā veda(nā māraṇāntikā viprakrāntaś ca bhikṣusaṃghaḥ ||) 14.17 (na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ vi)prakrānte bhikṣusaṃghe parinirvāyām || yan nv ahaṃ tata ekatyā vedanā vīryeṇa pratipra(s)r(abhya sarvanimittānām amanasikārād animittaṃ cetaḥsamā)dhiṃ kāyena sākṣīkṛtvopasaṃpadya vihareyam ||\n14.18 so 'haṃ tata (ekatyā ve)danā vīryeṇa pratiprasr(abhya sarvanimittānām amanasikārād animittaṃ cetaḥsamādhiṃ kāyena) sākṣīkṛtvopasaṃpadya vyahārṣam || tena tathāgatasya (kṣemaṇīyatarañ cā)bhūd yāpanīyatarañ (ca ||) 14.19 (punar aparam ānanda tathāgato vṛddho jīrṇatāṃ prāpto 'śī)tike vayasi vartate dvaidhāniśrayeṇa yāpy(ate || tadyathā jīrṇaṃ śakaṭaṃ dvaidhāniśraye)ṇa y(ā)pyata evam eva (tathāgato vṛddho jīrnatāṃ prāpto) 'śītike vayasi vartate dvaidhāniśrayeṇa yā(pyate ||) 14.20 (mā tasmāt tvam ānanda śoca mā klāma || kasmā)d eva tat || kuta etal labhy(aṃ yat taj jātaṃ bhūtaṃ kṛtaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ vedayi)taṃ pratītyasamutpannaṃ kṣayadharmaṃ vyayadharmaṃ vi(rodhadharmaṃ pralokadharmaṃ na prarujya)te || nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate ||\n14.21 prāg (eva bhi)kṣavo mayākhyātaṃ sarvair iṣṭaiḥ kāntaiḥ priyair manāpai(r nānābhāvo bhaviṣyati vinābhāvo viprayogo visaṃyogaḥ ||) 14.22 (tasmād) ānandaitarhi mam(a vā)tyayād ātmadvīpair vihartavyam ātmaśaraṇair dharmadvīpair dha(rmaśaraṇair ananyadvīpair ananyaśaraṇaiḥ || tat kasmād dhetoḥ ||) 14.23 (ye kecid ānandaitarhi mama vāt)yayād ātmadvīpā ātmaśaraṇā dharmadvīpā dharmaśaraṇā ananyadvīpā a(nanyaśaraṇās te 'graṃ bhaviṣyanti yaduta mama śr)āvak(āṇāṃ śikṣākāmānāṃ ||) 14.24 (kathaṃ cānanda bhi)kṣ(u)r ātmadvīpo bhavaty ātmaśaraṇo dharmadvīpo dharmaśaraṇo 'nanyadvīpo 'nanyaśaraṇaḥ ||\n14.25 iha bhikṣur (a)dhy(ā)tm(aṃ) kāy(e) kāyānupaśyī viha(raty) ātāpī saṃprajānaḥ smṛtimā(n) vinīyābhidhyā loke daurmanasyam || bahirdhā kāye 'dhyātmabahirdhā kāye 'dhyātmaṃ vedanāsu bahirdhā vedanāsv adhyātmabahirdhā vedanāsv adhyātmaṃ citte bahirdhā citte 'dhyātmabahirdhā citte 'dhyātmaṃ dharmeṣu bahirdhā dharmeṣv adhyātmabahirdhā dharmeṣu dharmānupaśyī viharaty ātāpī saṃprajānaḥ smṛtimān vinīyābhidhyā loke daurmanasyam ||\n14.26 evaṃ hi bhikṣur ātmadvīpo bhavaty ātmaśaraṇo dharmadvīpo dharmaśaraṇo 'nanyadvīpo 'nanyaśaraṇaḥ ||\n<Hier im Tib. Uddāna>\n15.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n15.2 āgamayānanda yena vaiśālī ||\n15.3 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||\n15.4 atha bhagavān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran vaiśālīm anuprāpto vaiśālyāṃ viharati markaṭahrad(atīre kū)ṭāgāraśālāyām ||\n15.5 atha bhagavān p(ū)rvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāya vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya prāviśad āyuṣmatānandena paścācchramaṇena ||\n15.6 a(tha bhagavān) vaiśālīṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātaḥpratikrāntaḥ ||\n15.7 (pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya) yena cāpālaṃ caityaṃ tenopajagāma || upetyānyataraṃ vṛkṣamū(laṃ niśritya niṣa)ṇṇo di(vā)vihārāya ||\n15.8 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n15.9 ramaṇīyānanda vaiśālī vṛjibhūmiś cāpālaṃ caityaṃ saptāmrakaṃ bahupattrakaṃ g(autamanya)grodhaḥ śālavanaṃ dhurānikṣepaṇaṃ mallānāṃ makuṭabandhanaṃ caityam || citro jaṃbudvīpo madhuraṃ jīvitaṃ manuṣyāṇām ||\n15.10 yasya kasyacic catvāra ṛddhipādā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā ākāṃkṣamāṇaḥ sa kalpaṃ vā tiṣṭhet kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā || tathāgatasyānanda catvāra ṛddhipādā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtāḥ || ākāṃkṣamāṇas tathāgataḥ kalpaṃ vā tiṣṭhet kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā ||\n15.11 evam ukta āyuṣmān ānandas tūṣṇīm abhūt || dvir api trir api bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n15.12 ramaṇīyānanda vaiśālī vṛjibhūmiś cāpālaṃ cai(t)yaṃ saptāmrakaṃ bahupattrakaṃ gautamanyagrodhaḥ śālavanaṃ dhurānikṣepaṇaṃ mallā(nāṃ makuṭabandhanaṃ caityam || citro jaṃbudvīpo madhuraṃ jīvitaṃ manuṣyāṇām ||) 15.13 (yasya kasyacic catvāra ṛddhipādā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā ākāṃkṣamāṇaḥ sa kalpaṃ vā tiṣṭhet kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā || tathāgatasyānanda ca)tvāra ṛddhipādā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtāḥ || ākāṃkṣamāṇas tathāgataḥ kal(paṃ vā tiṣṭhet kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā ||) 15.14 (dvir api trir apy āyuṣmān ānandas tūṣṇīm ||) 15.15 (atha bhagavata etad a)bhavat || sph(u)ṭo batāyam ānando bhikṣur māreṇa pāpīyasā yatredānīṃ yāvat trir apy au(dārike avabhāsanimitte prāviṣkriyamāṇe na śaknoti tannimittam ājñātuṃ yathāpi tataḥ sphu)ṭo m(ā)reṇa pāpīyasā ||\n15.16 iti viditvāyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n15.17 gacchā(nandānyataravṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya vihara mā ubhāv apy ākīrṇa)vihāriṇau bhaviṣyāvaḥ ||\n15.18 evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśru(tyānyatamavṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇo divāvihārāya ||)\n16.1 (sa māraḥ pāpīyān yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ ||) upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt || ekāntasthito māra(ḥ pāpīyān bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 16.2 (parinirvāhi bhagavan parinirvāṇasamayaḥ sugatasya ||) 16.3 16.4 (kasmāt tvaṃ pāpīya)nn evaṃ vadasi || parinirvāhi bhagavan parinirvāṇasamayaḥ sugatasya ||\n16.5 (eko 'yaṃ bhadanta samayaḥ || bhagavān uruvilvāyāṃ viharati nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle 'cirābhisaṃbuddhaḥ ||) so 'haṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ ||\n16.6 upetya bhagavantam evaṃ vad(āmi || parinirvāhi bhagavan parinirvāṇasamayaḥ sugatasya ||) 16.7 (bhagavān evam āha ||) 16.8 (na tāvat pāpīyan parinirvā)sy(ā)mi yāvan na me śrāvakāḥ paṇḍitā bhaviṣyanti vyaktā medhāvinaḥ || alam u(tpannotpannānāṃ parapravādināṃ saha dharmeṇa nigrahītāraḥ || alaṃ svasya vādasya pa)ryavadātāro bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇya upāsakā upāsikā vaistārikaṃ ca me bra(hmacaryaṃ cariṣyanti bahujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtaṃ yāvad devamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃpra)kāśitam ||\n16.9 etarhi bhadanta bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ paṇḍitā vyaktā medhāvinaḥ || a(lam utpannotpannānāṃ parapravādināṃ saha dharmeṇa nigrahītāraḥ svasya vādasya pa)ryavadātāro bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇya upāsakā upāsikā vaistārikaṃ ca te brahma(caryaṃ bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtaṃ yāvad devamanuṣyebhyaḥ samyaksaṃprakāśitam ||) 16.10 (tasmād aham e)vaṃ vadāmi parinirvāhi bhagavan parinirvāṇasamayaḥ sugatasya ||\n16.11 alpotsukas tvaṃ pāpīyan bhava na cirasyedānīṃ tathāgatasya trayāṇāṃ māsānām atyayād anupadhiśeṣe ni(r)v(ā)ṇadhātau parin(i)rvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||\n16.12 atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat || parinirvāsy(ate) śramaṇo gautama iti viditvā hṛṣṭas tuṣṭa udagraḥ prītisaumanasyajātas tatraivāntarhitaḥ ||\n16.13 atha bhagavata etad abhavat || yan nv ah(aṃ) tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisa(ṃ)skuryāṃ (ya)thā samāhite citte jīvitasaṃskārān adhiṣṭhāyāyuḥsaṃskārān utsṛjeyam ||\n16.14 atha bhagavāṃs tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti yathā samāhite citte jīvita(saṃskārān adhi)ṣṭhāyāyuḥsaṃskārān utsṛjati || samananta(r)ots(ṛ)ṣṭāyuḥsaṃskāreṣv atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālaś cābhūd ulkāpā(tā) d(i)śodāhā (antarīkṣe devadun)dubhayo 'bhinadanti ||\n16.15 atha bhagavāṃs tasmāt samādher vyutthā(ya ta)syā(ṃ) velāyāṃ (gā)thā(ṃ) babhāṣe ||\ntulyam atulyaṃ ca saṃbhavaṃ (bhavasaṃskāram apotsṛjan muniḥ ||\nadhyātmarataḥ samāhi)to h(y abhinat ko)śam ivāṇḍa(saṃbhavaḥ |)\n17.1 (athāy)uṣmān ānando yena bh(agavāṃs tenopaja)gām(a ||) upetya bhagava(taḥ pādau) śirasā (vanditvaikānte 'sthāt || ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānando bha)ga(vantam ida)m avocat ||\n17.2 ko bh(adanta hetuḥ kaḥ pra)tyayo yenaitarhy a(bhūn mahāpṛthivī)cāla ulkāpātā di(śodāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinadanti ||) 17.3 (aṣṭāv ime) h(e)tavo 'ṣṭau pratyayā (ma)hataḥ pṛthiv(īc)ālasya || katame 'ṣṭau ||\n17.4 (i)yaṃ mahāpṛ(thivy) apsu pratiṣṭhitā || āpo vā(yau) pratiṣṭhitā v(āy)u(r ākāśe pratiṣṭhitaḥ || bhavaty) ān(anda sama)yo yad ākāśe viṣamā vāyavo vānty āpaḥ (k)ṣ(o)bhayanti || āpaḥ kṣubdhāḥ pṛthivī(ṃ) cālayanti ||\n17.5 ayaṃ prathamo hetuḥ prathamaḥ praty(ayo) mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||\n17.6 punar aparaṃ bhikṣur maharddhiko bhavati mahānubhāvaḥ sa parīttāṃ pṛthivīsaṃjñām adhitiṣṭhaty apramāṇāṃ cāpsaṃjñāṃ sa āk(āṃ)kṣamāṇaḥ pṛthivīṃ cālayati ||\n17.7 bhikṣuṇī devatā vā maharddhikā bhavati mahānubhāvā sā parīttāṃ pṛthivīsaṃjñām adhitiṣṭhaty apramāṇāṃ cāpsaṃjñām ākāṃkṣamāṇā pṛthivīṃ cālayati ||\n17.8 ayaṃ dvitīyo hetur dvitīyaḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||\n17.9 punar aparaṃ yasmin samaye bodhisatvas tuṣitād devanikāyāc cyutvā mātuḥ kukṣāv avakrāmaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālaś ca bhavati s(arvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo bhavanti ||) 17.10 api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhatamā andhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryācandr(amasāv) evaṃmaharddhi(k)āv (evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayābhāṃ na pratyanubhavatas tā a)pi tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā bhavati ||\n17.11 tatra ye (satvā upa)pannās te tay(ā)bha(y)ān(yonyaṃ satvaṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃjānante || anye 'pi bhavantaḥ satvā ihopa)pannāḥ || anye 'pi bhavantaḥ satvā ihopapannāḥ ||\n17.12 ayaṃ tṛtīyo he(tus tṛtīyaḥ pratya)yo ma(hataḥ p)ṛ(thivīcālasya ||) 17.13 (punar aparaṃ yasmin samaye bodhisatvo mātuḥ ku)kṣer niṣkrāmaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālaś ca bhavati pūrvavad yāvad anye ('pi bha)vantaḥ satvā (ihopapannāḥ ||) 17.14 (ayaṃ caturtho hetuś caturthaḥ pratyayo ma)hataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||\n17.15 punar aparaṃ yasmin samaye bodhisatvo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbo(dhim adhigacchaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivī)cālaś ca bhavati pūrvavat ||\n17.16 ayaṃ pañcamo hetuḥ pañcamaḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthiv(īcālasya ||) 17.17 (punar aparam ānanda yasmin samaye tathāgatas tripariva)rtaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dhārmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartayaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālaś ca bhava(ti pūrvavat ||) 17.18 (ayaṃ ṣaṣṭho hetuḥ ṣaṣṭhaḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivī)cālasya ||\n17.19 punar aparaṃ yasmin samaye tathāgato jīvitasaṃskārān adhiṣṭhāyāyuḥsaṃskā(rān utsṛjaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo bha)vaty ulk(āpātā diśodāhā antarīkṣe) devadundubhayo 'bhinadanti ||\n17.20 ay(aṃ saptamo hetuḥ sap)tam(a)ḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||\n17.21 punar aparaṃ na cirasyedānīṃ tathāgatasyānu(padhiśeṣe nirvā)ṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣy(ati || atyarthaṃ tasmin) samaye mahāpṛthivīcālaś ca bhavaty ulkāpātā diśodāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhina(dan)t(i) ||\n17.22 ayam aṣṭamo hetur aṣ(ṭamaḥ pratyayo mahata)ḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||\n18.1 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n18.2 yathā khalv ahaṃ bhadanta bhagavato bhāṣitasyārtham ājān(āmi bhagava)taitarhi jīvitasaṃskārān adhiṣṭhāyāyuḥsaṃskārā utsṛṣṭāḥ ||\n18.3 evam etad ānandaivam etad ānanda || e(tarhy ānanda) tathāgatena jīvitasaṃskārān (adhiṣṭhāyāyuḥsaṃskār)ā utsṛṣṭāḥ ||\n18.4 saṃmukhaṃ me bhadanta bhagavato 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam || yasya kasyacic catvāra ṛ(ddhipādā) āsevitā bhāvitā bahul(īkṛtā ākāṃkṣamāṇaḥ) k(a)lpam api ti(ṣṭh)e(t ka)lpāva(ś)e(ṣa)m api ||\n18.5 (bhagavato bhadanta catvāra ṛddhipādā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā ākāṃkṣamāṇas tathāgatas kalpaṃ vā tiṣṭhet kalpāvaśeṣaṃ vā) ||\n18.6 tiṣṭhatu bhagavān kalpaṃ tiṣ(ṭha)t(u) sugataḥ kalpāvaśeṣam ||\n18.7 tavaiv(ānandāpa)r(ā)dhas tav(ai)va duṣkṛ(ta)ṃ yas tv(aṃ tathāgatasya yāvat trir apy audā)r(e) 'vabhās(animi)tt(e p)rāviṣkriyamāṇe na śaknoṣi taṃ nimittaṃ prativ(e)ddhuṃ yathāpi tat sphuṭo māreṇa (pāpī)yasā ||\n18.8 k(iṃ) manyasa ānanda bh(āṣeta tathāgatas tāṃ vā)caṃ yā syād dvaidhavipākyā || no bhadanta ||\n18.9 sādhu sādhv ānanda || asthānam anavakāśo yat tahāgatas tāṃ vācaṃ bhāṣeta yā syād dvaidhavipā(kyā ||)\n19.1 (gaccha tvam ānanda yāvanto bhikṣavaś cāpālaṃ caityam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātaya ||) 19.2 (evaṃ bhadanta || āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yāvanto bhikṣavaś cāpālaṃ caityam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ || upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt ||) 19.3 (ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 19.4 (yāvanto bhadanta bhikṣavaś cāpālaṃ caityam upaniśritya viharanti sarve ta upasthānaśālāyāṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ sannipatitāḥ || yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate ||) 19.5 (atha bhagavān yenopasthānaśālā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ || upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat || niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma ||) 19.6 (anityā bhikṣavaḥ sarvasaṃskārā adhruvā anāśvāsikā vipariṇāmadharmāṇo yāvad alam eva bhikṣavaḥ sarvasaṃskārān saṃskaritum alaṃ virantum ||) 19.7 tasmāt tarh(i) bhikṣavo ye te dharm(ā) dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃva(r)tante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya saṃparāy(ahitāya saṃpa)rāyasukhāya te bhikṣubhir udgṛhya paryavāpya (tathā ta)th(ā) dhārayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathedaṃ brahmacaryaṃ cirasthitikaṃ syāt tad bhaviṣ(yati bahu)janahitāya bahujanasukhāya lo(kānukam)pāyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇāṃ ||\n19.8 katame te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya (saṃvartante dṛ)ṣṭadharmasukhāya sa(ṃ)parāyahitāy(a saṃparā)y(a)s(u)khāya te bhikṣubhir udgṛhya pūrvavad yāvad devamanuṣyāṇām ||\n19.9 tadyathā catvāri smṛtyup(asthānāni catvāri) s(a)myakprahāṇāni catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ pañcendri(yāṇi pañca ba)lāni sapta bodhyaṅgāny āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ ||\n19.10 ime te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvart(ante pūrvavad yāvad devamanu)ṣyāṇām ||\n20.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n20.2 āgamayānanda yena kuṣṭhagrāmakaḥ ||\n20.3 evaṃ bhad(ant)e(ty āyu)ṣmān ānando bhagava(taḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 20.4 (bha)gavān vaiśālīsāmantakenātikraman dakṣiṇena sarvakāyena nāgāvalokitenāvalok(ayati ||) 20.5 (adrākṣīd ā)yuṣmān ānando bhagavantaṃ da(kṣiṇena sarvakāye)na nāgāvalokitena vyavalokayantaṃ dṛṣṭvā punar bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n20.6 nā(h)e(tv apratyayaṃ bhadanta tathāga)tā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā nā(gāvalokitam ava)lokayanti || ko bhadanta hetuḥ kaḥ pratyayo nāgāvalokita(sya ||) 20.7 (e)v(am e)tad ānandaivam etad ānanda || nāhe(tv apratyayaṃ tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā dakṣiṇena sarvakāyena nāgāvalokitenāvalokayanti ||) 20.8 (idam ānanda tathāgatasya vaiśā)lyāḥ paścimaṃ da(r)śanaṃ na bhūya iha sa(ṃ)buddho (vaiśālīm āgamiṣyati || parinirvāṇāya gamiṣyati mallānām upavartanaṃ yamakaśālavanam ||) 20.9 (athānyataro bhi)kṣus tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ babhāṣe ||\n20.10 i(dam apaścimakaṃ nātha vaiśālyās tava darśanam ||\nna bhūyaḥ sugato buddho vaiśālīm āgamiṣyati ||\nnirvāṇāya) prayāto 'yaṃ mallānām upavartane |\n21.1 atha bhaga(vān vṛjiṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caraṅ kuṣṭhagrāmakam anuprāptaḥ kuṣṭhagrāmake viharaty uttareṇa grāma)sya śiṃśapāvane ||\n21.2 tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate | 21.3 itīmāni bhikṣ(avaḥ śīlāni || ayaṃ samādhiḥ || iyaṃ prajñā || śīlaprabhāvitaḥ samādhiś cirasthitiko bhavati || prajñāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ samyag eva vimucyate rāgadveṣamohebhyaḥ ||) 21.4 (evaṃ samyaksuvimuktacitta āryaśrāvakaḥ samyag eva prajānāti ||) 21.5 (kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi ||)\n<hier im Tib. und Skt. Uddāna; cf. MPS p. 495>:\ngrāmau (ca) vṛjimallau bhoganagarakaṃ tathā |> 21.6 (yathā ku)ṣṭhagrāmaka evaṃ gaṇḍagrāmako droṇagrāmakaḥ śūrpagrāmaka ā(mragrāmako jambugrāmako hastigrāmakaḥ ||) 21.7 (vṛjigrāmakān mallagrāmakād bhoganagarakam anu)prāptaḥ || bhoganagarake viharaty uttareṇa grāmasya śiṃśapāvane ||\n21.8 ta(t)r(a bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||) 21.9 (itīmāni bhikṣavaḥ śīlāni pūrvavad yāvad nāpa)ram asmād bhāvaṃ prajānāmi ||\n22.1 tena khalu samayena mahāpṛthivīcā(laś cābhūd ulkāpātā diśodāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinadanti ||) 22.2 (athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ) sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena (bhaga)vā(ṃs t)e(nopajagāma || upetya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt ||) 22.3 (ekāntasthita āyuṣmān āna)ndo bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n22.4 ko bhadanta he(tuḥ kaḥ pratyayo yenaitarhy abhūd mahāpṛthivīcāla ulkāpātā diśodāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinada)nti ||\n22.5 traya ime ānanda hetavas trayaḥ pratyayā (mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||) 22.6 (katame trayaḥ ||) 22.7 (iyaṃ mahāpṛthivy apsu pratiṣṭhitā pūrvavad yāvac cālayanti ||) 22.8 (ayaṃ prathamo hetuḥ pra)th(amaḥ) pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivīcāl(asya ||) 22.9 (punar aparaṃ bhikṣur maharddhiko bhavati pūrvavad yāvac cālayati ||) 22.10 <Nur Tibetisch.> 22.11 (ayaṃ dvitīyo hetur dvitīyaḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||) 22.12 (punar a)paraṃ na cirasyedānīṃ tathāgatasyānu(padhi)ś(e)ṣ(e) n(irvāṇa)dhātau parini(rvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati || atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcā)l(a)ś ca bhavaty ulk(āpātā diśo)dāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinadanti ||\n22.13 ayaṃ tṛtīyo (hetu)s tṛtīy(aḥ pratyayo mahataḥ pṛthivīcālasya ||) 23.1 (athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 23.2 (āsca)ryādbhutadharmasa(manvāgatā)s tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ || yatredānīṃ na cira(sya tathāgatasyānupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhavi)ṣyaty aty(a)rthaṃ tasmi(n samaye) mahāpṛthivīcālaś ca bhavaty ulkāpātā diśodāhā (antarīkṣe devadundubhayo 'bhinadanti ||) 23.3 (evam etad ānanda evam e)tad ānanda || āścaryādbh(utadharma)samanvāgatā eva tathāgatā a(rhanta)ḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ ||\n23.4 abhijān(āmi khalu punar aham anekaśataṃ kṣatriyapariṣadaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrami)tum upasaṃkrāntasya (ca me yā)d(ṛ)śas teṣām ārohapariṇā(h)o (bhava)ti mamāpi tādṛśa āro(hapariṇāho bhavati || yādṛśī teṣāṃ varṇapuṣkalatā bhavati mam)āpi tādṛśī varṇ(apu)ṣkalatā bhavati || yādṛśī teṣāṃ sv(aragupti)r bhavati mamāpi t(ā)dṛś(ī) s(varaguptir bhavati ||) 23.5 (te yam arthaṃ mantrayanty aham api tam arthaṃ mantrayāmi || te yam a)rtha(ṃ) na mantrayanty (aha)m api tam arthaṃ (na) mantrayāmi || uttare vai (tān dhā)rmyā kathayā sandarśayāmi (samādāpayāmi samuttejayāmi saṃpraharṣayāmi tato) 'ntardhāpayāmi || antarhi(tasya) me na jānanti ka eṣa antarhito devo vā manuṣyo vā ||\n23.6 e(vam api brāhmaṇapariṣadaṃ gṛhapatipariṣadaṃ) ś(r)amaṇapariṣadaṃ cā(turmahā)rājikān devāṃs trāyastriṃśān yāmāṃs tuṣitān nirmāṇara(tīn parinirmitavaśavartino brahmakāyikān brahmapāriṣadyān brahmapuro)hitān mahābrahma(ṇaḥ pa)rīttābhān apramāṇābhān ābhāsvarān parīttaśubhān a(pra)m(ā)ṇaśu(bhāñ śubhakṛtsnān anabhrakān puṇyaprasavān bṛhatphalān abṛ)hān atapān sudṛś(ān sudarśa)nān akaniṣṭhān devān darśanāyopasaṃkr(amitu)m 23.7 (u)pa(saṃkrā)ntasya ca me (yādṛśas teṣām ārohapariṇāho bhavati pūrvavad yāvad de)vo vā manuṣyo vā ||\n23.8 (evam āścaryā)dbhutadharmasamanvāga(tās tathāgatā ar)h(a)ntaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ ||\n24.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ā(nandam āmantra)yate ||\n24.2 tasmāt ta(r)h(i) ta ānanda bhi(kṣubhiḥ) sūtrāntapratisaraṇair bhavitavyaṃ na pudgala(p)r(atisaraṇaiḥ ||) 24.3 (kathaṃ) bhikṣuḥ sūtrāntapratisaraṇo bhavati na (pudgalapratisaraṇaḥ ||) 24.4 ihān(a)nda bhikṣur āgacch(et sa evaṃ) vadet ||\n24.5 saṃmukhaṃ me bhagavato 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukh(am udgṛhītam ayaṃ dha)rmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam ||\n24.6 t(asya bhikṣavas tan) notsāhayit(a)vyaṃ nāvasādayitavyam || anutsāhayitvānavasādayitvā śrotram avadhā(ya tāni pa)davyaṃjanāny udgṛhya sūtre 'vatār(ayitavyaṃ vina)y(e) saṃdarśayitavyaṃ || yadi sūtr(e) 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃdarśyamānāḥ sūtre nāvataran(ti vinaye) na saṃdṛśyante dharmatāṃ ca vilomayanti (sa eva)ṃ syād vacanīyaḥ ||\n24.7 addhāyuṣmann ime dharmā na bhagavatā bhāṣitāḥ || āyuṣmatā vā ime dharmā du(rgṛhītās tathā) hīme dharmāḥ sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃd(arśyamānāḥ) sūtre nāvataranti vinaye na saṃdṛśyante dharmatāṃ ca vilomayanti ||\n24.8 nāyaṃ dharmo nāyaṃ vi(nayo nedaṃ śās)tuḥ śāsanam iti viditvā chorayitavyāḥ ||\n24.9 puna(r apa)ram (ānanda) bhikṣur āgacchet sa evaṃ vadet ||\n24.10 amuṣminn āvāse mahān bhikṣusaṃgha(ḥ prativasati sasthaviraḥ sapramokṣaḥ ||) 24.11 (saṃmukhaṃ me tasya mahato bhikṣusaṃghasyāntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam ayaṃ dharmo) 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ ||\n24.12 tasya (bhikṣavas) ta(n notsāhayitavyaṃ nāvasādayitavyam || anutsāhayitvānavasādayitvā śrotram avadhāya tāni padavyaṃja)nāny udgṛhya sūtre 'vatārayitavyaṃ vinaye saṃ(darśayitavyaṃ || yadi sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃdarśyamānāḥ sūtre nāvataranti vinaye na saṃ)dṛśyante dharmatāṃ ca vilomayanti sa evaṃ syād va(canīyaḥ ||) 24.13 (addhāyuṣmaṃs tena mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena dharmasaṃjñinā ca vinayasaṃjñinā cādharmaś cāvinaya)ś ca bhāṣitaḥ || āyuṣmatā vā ime dharmā durgṛ(hītās tathā hīme dharmāḥ sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃdarśyamānāḥ sūtre nāvataranti vinaye na saṃdṛśyante dharma)tāṃ ca vilomayanti ||\n24.14 nāyaṃ dharmo nāyaṃ vinayo (nedaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam iti viditvā chorayitavyāḥ ||) 24.15 (punar aparam ānanda bhikṣur āgacchet sa evaṃ vadet ||) 24.16 ()(amuṣminn āvāse saṃba)hulā bhikṣavaḥ prativasanti sūtradharā vina(yadharā mātṛkādharāḥ ||) 24.17 (saṃmukhaṃ me teṣāṃ saṃbahulānāṃ bhikṣūṇām antikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam ayaṃ dharmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ) 24.18 (tasya bhikṣavas tan notsāhayitavyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat sa) evaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ ||\n24.19 addhāyuṣmaṃs tair bhikṣubhir dha(rmasaṃjñibhiś ca vinayasaṃjñibhiś cādharmaś cāvinayaś ca bhāṣitaḥ || pūrvavad) 24.20 (yāvad iti viditvā chorayitavyāḥ ||) 24.21 (punar aparam ānanda) bhikṣur āgacchet sa evaṃ vadet ||\n24.22 amuṣminn āvāse (bhikṣuḥ prativasati sthaviraḥ ..............) <= 24.45> 24.23 (saṃ)mukhaṃ me tasya bhikṣor antikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukha(m udgṛhītam ayaṃ dharmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ ||) 24.24 (tasya bhikṣavas tan notsāhayitavyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat sa evaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ ||) 24.25 (addhāyuṣmaṃs tena bhi)kṣuṇā dharmasaṃjñinā ca vinayasaṃjñinā cā(dharmaś cāvinayaś ca bhāṣitaḥ || pūrvavad) 24.26 (yāvad iti viditvā chorayitavyāḥ ||) 24.27 (punar aparam āna)nda bhikṣur āgacchet sa evaṃ vadet ||\n24.28 saṃmukhaṃ me bhagava(to 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam ayaṃ dharmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam ||) 24.29 (tasya bhikṣavas tan notsāhayitav)y(aṃ) nāvasādayitavyam || anutsāhayitvānavasā(dayitvā śrotram avadhāya tāni padavyañjanāny udgṛhya sūtre 'vatārayitavyaṃ vinaye sandarśayi)tavyaṃ || yadi sūtre 'vat(ā)ryamā(ṇā vina)ye sandarśy(amā)nāḥ sūtre '(vataranti vinaye saṃdṛśyante dharmatāṃ ca na vilomayanti sa evaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ ||) 24.30 (addhāyuṣman)n (i)me dharmā bhagavatā bhāṣitāḥ || āyu(ṣmat)ā ceme dh(ar)m(ā)ḥ sugṛhītā(s tathā hīme dharmāḥ sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃdarśyamānāḥ sūtre 'vataranti vina)ye saṃdṛśyante dharmatāṃ ca na vilomayanti ||\n24.31 ayaṃ dharmo 'yaṃ vi(naya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam iti viditvā dhārayitavyāḥ ||) 24.32 (punar aparam ānanda bhikṣur āgacchet sa) evaṃ vadet ||\n24.33 amuṣminn āvāse mahān bhikṣusaṃghaḥ prati(va)sati sa(sthaviraḥ sapramokṣaḥ ||) 24.34 (saṃmukhaṃ me tasya mahato bhikṣusaṃghasyāntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam ayaṃ dharmo) 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam ||\n24.35( tasya bhikṣavas tan n)otsāha(yitavyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat sa evaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ ||) 24.36 (addhāyuṣmaṃs tena mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena dharmasaṃjñinā vinaya)saṃj(ñ)inātra dharmaś ca vinayaś ca (bhāṣitaḥ || āyuṣmatā) ce(me dharmāḥ sugṛhītās tathā hīme dharmāḥ sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā vinaye saṃdarśyamānāḥ sūtre 'vataranti vinaye na saṃd)ṛśy(ante) dharmatāñ ca na vi(lomayanti ||) 24.37 (ayaṃ dharmo) 'yaṃ vi(naya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam iti viditvā dhārayitavyāḥ ||) 24.38 (punar aparam ānanda bhikṣur āgacchet sa evaṃ vadet ||)() 24.39 ()(amuṣmin)n āvāse s(aṃ)bahulā bhikṣavaḥ prati(vasanti sūtradharā vi)nayadha(rā mātṛkādharāḥ ||) 24.40 (saṃmukhaṃ me teṣāṃ saṃbahulānāṃ bhikṣūṇām antikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam ayaṃ dha)rmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ ||\n24.41 (tasya bhikṣavas tan notsāhayitavyaṃ) pūrvava(d) y(ā)vat sa evaṃ (syād vacanīyaḥ ||) 24.42 (addhāyuṣmaṃs tair bhikṣubhir dharmasaṃjñibhiś ca vinayasaṃjñibhiś ca dharmaś ca vina)yaś ca bhāṣitaḥ || āyuṣmatā ceme dharmāḥ sugṛhītās tathā hī(me dharmāḥ sūtre 'vatāryamāṇā pūrvavad yāvad) 24.43 (ayaṃ dharmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam iti viditvā dhārayitavyāḥ ||) 24.44 punar aparam (ānanda) bhikṣur āgacchet sa e(va)ṃ (vade)t ||\n24.45 amuṣminn āvāse bhikṣuḥ prati(vasati sthaviraḥ ..............) <= 24.22> 24.46 (saṃmukhaṃ me ta)sya bhikṣor antikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukha(m udgṛhī)tam ayaṃ (dharmo 'yaṃ vinaya idaṃ śāstuḥ śāsanam ||) 24.47 (tasya bhikṣavas tan no)tsāha(yitavyaṃ pūrvavad yāvat) s(a) evaṃ syād vacan(ī)y(aḥ ||) 24.48 (addhāyuṣmaṃs tena bhikṣuṇā dharmasaṃjñinā ca vinayasaṃjñinā ca dharmaś ca vinayaś ca bhāṣitaḥ || pūrvavad) 24.49 (yāvad i)t(i) viditvā dhā(rayitavyāḥ ||) 24.50 (tatr)ānanda ye te pūrvakāś ca(t)v. .................. (nāyaṃ dharmo nāyaṃ vinayo nedaṃ) śāstuḥ (śāsanam iti) viditvā chorayitavyāḥ ||\n24.51 ta(trānanda ye te .....................) (a)yaṃ dharmo ('yaṃ vinaya) idaṃ śāst(uḥ) śāsana(m iti viditvā dhārayitavyāḥ ||) 24.52 (evam evānanda bhikṣubhiḥ sūtrāntapratisaraṇair bhavitavyaṃ na pudgalapratisaraṇaiḥ ||)\n25. = Sondertext I (ST.I) <CT 417ff.>\n25.1 (ST.I) tatra bhagavān āyuṣm(antam ānadam ā)mantr(aya)t(e ||) 25.2 (ST.I) āgam(ayānanda yena rāmagrāmakaḥ || evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 25.3 (ST.I) (atha bhagavān krauḍyeṣu jana)padeṣu caryāṃ caraṃ rā(magrāmaka)m anuprāp(to rāmagrāmake viharati ......) 25.4 (ST.I) (tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) (rāma)grāmake r. .i .. (nāma krau)ḍyaḥ prativasati || sa tathā(gatasya parinirvṛtasya rāmagrāmake śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyati śarīrāṇāṃ satkārāya) guruk(ārāya mānanā)ya pūjanāya arcanā(ya apacitaye ||) 25.5 (ST.I) (sa tathāgatasya parinirvṛtasya śarīrastūpapratiṣṭhāpanena ...... kalpān vinipātaṃ na gamiṣyati devāṃś ca ma)nuṣyāṃś ca sandhā(vya saṃsṛtya pa)ścime bhave paścime nikete (paścime samucchraye paścime ātmabhāvapratilambhe manuṣyatvaṃ pratilabhya ................ dharma)caritena (keśaśmaśrūṇy avatā)rya kāṣāyāṇi vastrā(ṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajya pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣīkariṣyati ||) 25.6 (ST.I) (vi)ṣṇudvīpe ānanda śubhākṛtsno nāma brāhmaṇa(ḥ prativasati || so 'pi tathāgatasya parinirvṛtasya viṣṇudvīpe śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpya) 25.7 (ST.I) (etena śarīrastūpapratiṣṭhāpanena ....... kalpān) vinipātaṃ na gamiṣyati devāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca pūrv(avad yāvat pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣīkariṣyati ||) 25.8 (ST.I) (kapilavastuny ānanda ............) buddho nāma śākyaḥ prativasati || so 'pi tathāgatasy(a parinirvṛtasya kapilavastuni śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpya) 25.9 (ST.I) (etena śarīrastūpapratiṣṭhāpanena ..... kalpān vinipātaṃ na gamiṣyati) d(e)vāṃś ca manuṣyāṃś ca pūrvavad yāvat prat(y)e(kāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣīkariṣyati ||) 25.10 (ST.I) (rājagṛhe ānanda rājā) māgadha ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ prativasati || so 'pi tathāgatasya parinirvṛta(sya rājagṛhe śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyati śarīrāṇāṃ satkārā)ya gurukārāya (mānanāya) p(ū)janāya arcanāya apacitaye ||\n25.11 (ST.I) sa ta(thāgatasya parinirvṛtasya śarīrastūpapratiṣṭhāpanena ...... kalpān) vinipātaṃ na g(amiṣyati devāṃś ca) manuṣyāṃś ca pūrvavad yāvat pratyekāṃ bodhiṃ sākṣīkariṣya(ti ||) 25.12 (ST.I) (atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā babhāṣe ||) 25.13 (ST.I) (śataṃ sahasrāṇi suva)rṇaniṣkā jāṃ(būnadā nāsya samā bha)vaṃti (||) ye buddhacaityeṣu prasaṃnacittāḥ padā (vihāre samatikramaṃti | 1) 25.14 (ST.I) ()(śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇapiṇḍā jāṃbūnadā nāsya samā bhavaṃ)ti ||\nyo (buddhacaityeṣu p)r(asa)nna(citta) ā(ropa)y(e)n mṛttikapiṇḍam ekam (|) 2 25.15 (ST.I) śataṃ saha(srāṇi suvarṇamūṭā jāṃbūnadā nāsya samā bhavaṃti ||\nyo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacitta āropayen) muktapuṣpasya rāśim (|) 3 25.16 (ST.I) śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇakoṭya jāṃbūnadā nā(sya samā bhavaṃti ||\nyo buddhacaityeṣu prasannacittaḥ pradīpadānaṃ prakaroti vidvān | 4) 25.17 (ST.I) (śa)t(aṃ) sahasrāṇi suvarṇavāhāḥ jāṃbūnadā nā(sya sa)mā bhavaṃti ||\nyo buddhacaityeṣu prasa(nnacitto mālāvihāraṃ prakaroti vidvān | 5) 25.18 (ST.I) (śataṃ sahasrāṇi suvarṇapar)v(a)tāḥ meroḥ samā nāsya samā bhavaṃti ||\nyo buddh(acaityeṣu prasa)nnacitta āropayec chatradhvajaṃ patā(kam | 6) 25.19 (ST.I) (eṣāho dakṣiṇā proktā aprameyā tathāgate ||\nsamudrakalpe) saṃbuddhe s(ā)rthavāhe anuttare (|) 7 25.20 (ST.I) tiṣṭhantaṃ pūjayed yaś ca yaś cāpi parinirvṛtam (||\nsame cittaprasāde hi nāsti puṇyaviśeṣatā | 8) 25.21 (ST.I) (na hi citte prasanne 'smi)m* svalpā bha(vati) dakṣiṇā ||\ntathāgate vā saṃbuddhe buddhānāṃ śrāvakeṣu vā (|) 9 25.22 (ST.I) evaṃ (hy acintitā buddhā buddhadharmo 'py acintitaḥ ||\nacintite prasādyeha vipākaḥ syād acintitaḥ |) 10\n25.23 (ST.I) teṣām acintitān(ām apratihatadharma)cakravartīnām (||) samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ nālaṃ (guṇapāram adhigantum | 11) <25.24 (uddānam* |) Cf. Bl. (185) R 6: .. calakalpā viṣṇu(dvīpaṃ kapilavastu) + rājagṛhaṃ paścimaṃ jñeyam* rāmaś ca ro>\n26.1 (tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 26.2 (āgamayānanda yena pāpāgrāmakaḥ || evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 26.3 (atha bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣv anupūrveṇa caryāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāpāyāṃ viharati jalūkāvanaṣaṇḍe ||) 26.4. (aśrauṣuḥ pāpīyakā mallā bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣv anupūrveṇa caryāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāpāyāṃ viharati jalūkāvanaṣaṇḍe ||) 26.5. (śrutvā ca punaḥ saṃghāt saṃghaṃ pūgāt pūgaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya pāpāyā niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmuḥ ||) 26.6 (upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdan || ekāntaniṣaṇṇān bhagavān dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati ||) 26.7 (tena khalu samayena cundaḥ karmāraputras tasmin samāje sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ || atha bhagavān pāpīyakān mallān anekaparyāyeṇa dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvā tūṣṇīm abhūt || atha pāpīyakā mallā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntāḥ ||) 26.8 (cundaḥ karmāraputras tatraivāsthāt || atha cundaḥ karmāraputro 'ciraprakrāntān pāpīyakān mallān viditvotthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 26.9 (adhivāsayatu me bhagavāñ śvo bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena ||) 26.10 (adhivāsayati bhagavāñ cundasya karmāraputrasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena ||) 26.11 (atha cundaḥ karmāraputro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ ||) 26.12 (atha cundaḥ karmāraputras tām eva rātriṃ śuciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapyodakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati ||) 26.13 (samayo bho gautamo sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhavāṅ gautamaḥ kālaṃ manyate ||) 26.14 (atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣusaṃghaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapu)raskṛ(to) yena cundasya ka(r)māraputrasya bh(aktābhisāras tenopajagāma || upetya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīda)t ||\n26.15 atha cundaḥ karmāraputraḥ sukh(opa)niṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ vidi(tvā bhagavantaṃ praṇītena khādanīyena lohakaroṭakāt svahastaṃ santarpayati saṃpravāra)yati || bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena sva(hastaṃ santarpayati saṃpravārayati ||) 26.16 (tena samayena anyatamaḥ pāpabhikṣur) lohakaroṭakaṃ kakṣeṇāpahṛtavāṃs taṃ khalu pāpabhikṣuṃ bhaga(vān adrākṣīc cundaś ca buddhānubhāvena ||) 26.17 (atha cundaḥ karmāraputro buddhapra)mukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svaha(staṃ santarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcata)r(a)k(a)m āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ p(u)rato niṣadya bhagavantaṃ gā(thābhir gītābhiḥ papraccha ||) 26.18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (sā)r(a)th(i)pr(a)varaṃ vināyakāgraṃ kat(i) lok(e) śramaṇās tad aṅga brūhi | 1\n26.19 bh(agavān āha ||) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (mārgajñaś ca mārga)daiśiko mārg(e) jīvati yaś ca mārgadūṣī | 2 26.20 cunda(ḥ) prāha ||\nkaṃ mārgajinaṃ vad(anti) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 3 26.21 bhagavān āha ||\nyaś chinnakathaṃkatho viśalyo nirvāṇā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 4 26.22 paramapravaraṃ hi yo viditvā ākhyātā vibhajet tathaiva dha + ||\n+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 5 26.23 (dha)rmapade sudeśite mārge jīvati saṃyataḥ smṛtaś ca ||\nanavadyapadeṣu s. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + | 6 26.24 + + + + + + + + + + + + praskandī kuladūṣakaḥ pragalbhaḥ ||\nmāyāvī h(y a)saṃyataḥ pralāpī p(ra)tir(ū)pe cara + + + + + | 7\n26.25 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (sarve) n(ā)py evaṃvidhā bhavanti jñātvaitān + + + ti tasya śraddhām | 8 26.26 kathaṃ nu duṣṭeṣu (hy a)saṃpraduṣṭaṃ śuddhān aśuddh. + + + + + + ||\n+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + |\n26.28 + + pakaṃ dhūpitā karṇikeva\n+ + + + + (bahi)r ārya(biṃbaḥ)\n26.29 (atha bhagavāñ cundasya karmārapu)trasya tad dānam anayābhyanumodanayābhy(anumodate ||)\n26.30 (dadataḥ) puṇyaṃ pra + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\n26.31 atha bh(agavāṃś cundaṃ karmā)raputraṃ dhārmyā kath(ayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣa)yitvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n27.1 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmant(am ānandam āmantrayate ||) 27.2 āgamayān(anda yena kuśinagarī ||\n)27.3 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pra)tyaśrauṣīt ||\n27.4 atha bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran ta(trāntarā ca pāpām) ant(a)rā ca nadīṃ hi(raṇyavatīm adhvapratipanno mārgād avakramy) 27.5 (āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantraya)te ||\n27.6 prajñāpayānanda tathāgatasya caturguṇam uttarāsa(ṅgaṃ pṛṣṭhī ma āvi)lāyati tā(ṃ) t(āvad āyāmayiṣye ||) 27.7 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya) laghu laghv eva caturguṇam uttarāsaṅgaṃ prajñapya bhag(avantam idam avoca)t ||\n27.8 prajñaptas tathāga(tasya caturguṇa uttarāsaṅgaḥ || yasyedānīṃ bhagavāṅ kālaṃ manyate ||) 27.9 atha bhagavāṅ gaṇaguṇāṃ saṃghāṭiṃ śira(si pratiṣṭhāpya dakṣiṇ)ena pārśvena śayyāṃ (kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī pratismṛtaḥ saṃprajāna) utthānasaṃjñāṃ manasi kurvāṇaḥ || tatra bhaga(vān āyuṣmantam āna)ndam āmantra(yate ||) 27.10 (gacchānanda nadyāḥ kukustāyāḥ pātreṇa udakam āhara ya)to 'haṃ pānīyaṃ pāsyāmi gātrāṇi ca pariṣekṣyāmi ||\n27.11 evaṃ bhadante(ty āyuṣmān ānando) bhagava(taḥ pratiśrutya pātraṃ gṛhītvā jagāma yena nadī kukustā ||) 27.12 (tena kha)lu samayena nadyāḥ kukustāyāḥ pañcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatā(ny aciravyatikrāntāni || tair udakaṃ viloḍitaṃ luṭhitam āvilam ||) 27.13 (atha āyuṣmān ānando nadyāḥ kukustāyāḥ pātreṇa pānīyam ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma || upetya bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 27.14 (atra bhadanta nadyāḥ kukustāyāḥ pañcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāny aciravyatikrāntāni || tair udakaṃ viloḍitaṃ luṭhitam āvilam ||) 27.15 (tena bhadantodakena bhagavān mukhaṃ pariṣiñcatu pādau prakṣālayatu || asmād bhadantāvidūre nadī hiraṇyavatī || tatra bhagavān pānīyaṃ pāsyati gātrāṇi ca pariṣekṣyati ||) 27.16 (atha bhagavāṃs tena pātrodakena pādau prakṣālayati mukhaṃ pariṣiñcati || ato viśrāntaḥ sukhita utthāya nyaṣīdat paryaṅkam ābhujyarjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpya ||)\n28.1 (tena khalu samayena putkaso mallamahāmātras tatraivādhvapratipannaḥ ||) 28.2 (adrākṣīt putkaso mallamahāmātro bhagavantaṃ prāsādikaṃ prasādanīyaṃ śāntendriyaṃ śāntamānasaṃ paracittadamakam upaśāntopaśamanaṃ suvarṇayaṣṭisadṛśaprabham anyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle niṣaṇṇam ||) 28.3 (dṛṣṭvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma || upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat ||) 28.4 (ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ putkasaṃ mallamahāmātraṃ bhagavān āmantrayate ||) 28.5 (putkasa rocayasi tvaṃ kāñcic chramaṇasya vā brāhmaṇasya śauceyān dharmān ||) 28.6 (bhadantārāḍasya kālāmasya śauceyān dharmān rocayāmi ||) 28.7 (kasmāt putkasa rocayasi tvam ārāḍasya kālāmasya śauceyān dharmān ||) 28.8 (eko 'yaṃ bhadanta samaya ārāḍaḥ kālāmo 'dhvapratipanno mārgād avakramyānyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle divāvihāropagataḥ ||) 28.9 (tena khalu samayena tatraiva mārgasya pañcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāny aciravyatikrāntāni ||) 28.10 (athānyatamaḥ puruṣas teṣāṃ śakaṭānāṃ pṛṣṭhato 'vaśiṣṭo yenārāḍaḥ kālāmas tenopajagāma || upetyārāḍaṃ kālāmam idam avocat ||) 28.11 (kiṃ bhavān pañcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni vyatikramamāṇāny adrākṣīt ||) 28.12 (na bhoḥ puruṣādrākṣam ||) 28.13 (kiṃ nu bhavān pañcamātrāṇāṃ śakaṭa)ś(a)tānā(ṃ) vy(atikrama)m(āṇānāṃ) ś(a)bd(aṃ nāśrauṣīt ||) 28.14 (na bhoḥ puruṣāśrauṣam ||) 28.15 k(iṃ) nu bhavāñ śaye (sup)t(aḥ ||) 28.16 (na bhoḥ puruṣāhaṃ śaye suptaḥ ||) 28.17 (kiṃ nu bhavān saṃjñy eva samāno jāgran nāśrauṣīt pañcānāṃ śakaṭaśatānāṃ vyatikramamāṇānāṃ śabdam ||) 28.18 saṃjñī evāhaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa samāno jāgran nāśrauṣaṃ pañcānāṃ śakaṭaśatānāṃ vyat(i)kramamāṇānāṃ śabdam ||\n28.19 atha tasya puruṣasyaita(d abhavat ||) 28.20 (āścaryaṃ bata pravrajitānāṃ śāntavihāriṇāṃ yatredānīṃ saṃjñī) samāno jāgran nāśrauṣīt pañcānāṃ śakaṭaśatānāṃ vyatikramamāṇā(nāṃ śabdam || tathāpi cīvaraṃ rajasāvakīrṇam ||) 28.21 (prasannaś cāsya sa puruṣo vaśīkṛtaḥ || evam evāhaṃ) bhadantārāḍasya kālāmasya śauceyān dharmān rocayāmi ||\n28.22 kiṃ manyase (putkasa katara uttamo yaḥ pañcānāṃ śakaṭaśatānāṃ vya)tikramamāṇānāṃ śabdo yo vā devasya garjato 'śanyāś ca sphoṭatyāḥ ||\n28.23 kiṃ bhadanta kari(ṣyanti pañcamātrāṇi daśa vā sahasraṃ vā śakaṭaśatāni || uttamaḥ) śabdo yo devasya garjato 'śanyāś ca sphoṭatyāḥ ||\n28.24 eko 'yaṃ putkasa samaya ādum(ā)y(āṃ) vihar(āmi bhūtāgāre || pūrvāhṇe nivasya pātracīvaram ādāyādumāṃ piṇḍā)ya praviśāmi || ādumāṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātaḥ pra(tikramya pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya pādau prakṣālya bhūtāgāre niṣaṇṇaḥ pratisaṃla)yanāya ||\n28.25 tena khalu samayenādumāyāṃ devena garjatāśanyā (ca) sph(o)ṭatyā c(atvāro balivardakā hatā dvau ca kārṣakau bhrātarau || tadādumāyā uccaśabdamahāśa)bdo mahājanakāyasya nirghoṣaḥ ||\n28.26 so 'haṃ sāyāhne pratisaṃlayan(ād vyutthāya bhūtāgārasya cchāyāyām abhyavakāśe caṅkrame caṅkramye ||) 28.27 (athānyatamaḥ pu)ruṣas tasmān mahājanakāyād yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ || upetya mam(a pādau śirasā vanditvā māṃ caṅkramamāṇam anucaṅkramyate ||) 28.28 (tam aham evam ā)mantraye ||\n28.29 kim etad bhoḥ puruṣādumāyā uccaśabdamahāśabdo mahājanakāyasya ni(rghoṣaḥ ||) 28.30 (sa āha || idānīṃ bhadantādumāyāṃ devena garjatāśanyā ca sph)oṭatyā c(atvāro ba)liv(ardak)ā (hatā) dvau ca kārṣakau bhrātarau || ta(d)aiṣa uccaśabdamahāśab(do mahājanakāyasya nirghoṣaḥ ||) 28.31 (kiṃ nu bhagavān devaṃ garjantam aśaniṃ ca sphoṭatīṃ nāśrauṣīt ||) 28.32 (na bhoḥ puruṣāśrauṣam ||) 28.33 (āha sa) puruṣaḥ || ki(ṃ) nu bhagavāñ (śaye suptaḥ ||) 28.34 (na bhoḥ puruṣāhaṃ śaye suptaḥ ||) 28.35 (kiṃ nu) bhagavān saṃjñy e(va) samāno j(āgran nāśrauṣīd devasya garjato 'śanyāś ca sphoṭatyāḥ śabdam ||) 28.36 (saṃ)jñy evāhaṃ bhoḥ puruṣ(a samāno jāgran nāśrauṣaṃ devasya garjato 'śa)nyāś ca sphoṭatyāḥ śabdam ||\n28.37 atha tasya puruṣasy(aitad abhavat || āścaryaṃ bata) tathāgatānām a(rhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ śāntavihāriṇāṃ yatredānīṃ saṃ)jñy eva sam(ā)no jāgran nāśrauṣīd devasya garjato ('śanyāś ca sphoṭatyāḥ śabdam ||) 28.38 (pra)sannaś ca me sa puru(ṣo vaśīkṛtaḥ ||) 28.39 (sa āha || ko bhadanta bhaga)vato n(ā)bhiprasīdet || eṣāhaṃ bhadanta bhagava(ta udāram abhiprasannaḥ ||) 28.40 atha putkaso mallamahā(mātra upakārakaṃ puruṣam idam avocat ||) 28.41 anuprayaccha me bhoḥ (pu)ru(ṣa) navaṃ suvarṇapītaṃ duṣya(yugaṃ tenāhaṃ bhagavantam ācchādayi)ṣy(ā)mi ||\n28.42 adād upa(k)ā(rakaḥ puruṣaḥ putkasāya mallamahāmātrā)ya navaṃ (suva)r(ṇa)pī(taṃ duṣ)yayugam ||\n28.43 atha putkaso ma(llamahāmātro navaṃ suvarṇapītaṃ duṣyayu)gam ād(ā)ya bhaga(vantam idam avocat ||) 28.44 (idaṃ navaṃ suvarṇapī)taṃ duṣya(yugam a)sm(ākaṃ pri)y(aṃ) manāpaṃ ca tad bhagavā(n pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya ||) 28.45 (pra)tigṛhṇāti bhagavān putk(asasya mallamahāmātrasya navaṃ su)varṇapītaṃ duṣyayu(ga)m anukampām upādāya ||\n28.46 atha putkaso mall(amahāmātro bhagavanta)m idam avocat ||\n28.47 pun(ar ahaṃ bhadantopasthāsyāmi bhagavantaṃ bhi)kṣusaṃghañ ca ||\n28.48 kalyāṇam idaṃ putkasocyate bhagavān avocat ||\n28.49 atha pu(tka)so m(alla)mahāmātro bhagav(ato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavatpādau) śirasā vanditvā bha(ga)vato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ ||\n28.50 tatra bhagavān āyuṣmanta(m ānandam āmantra)yate ||\n28.51 anuprayaccha ma (ānanda navaṃ suvarṇapītaṃ duṣyayugaṃ śastra)lūnaṃ kṛtvācchādayiṣyāmi ||\n28.52 adād āyuṣmān ānando bhagavato (navaṃ suvarṇapītaṃ du)ṣyayugaṃ śastralūnaṃ kṛ(tvā ||) 28.53 (tad ācchāditaṃ bhagavataś chavivarṇā)vabhāsena hatāvabhāsam iva khy(ā)ti ||\n28.54 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagava(n)t(am idam avocat ||) 28.55 (ahaṃ bhadanta viṃśatiṃ varṣāṇi sādhikaṃ bhagavantam) upat(i)ṣṭhā(mi) nābh(i)jānāmy (e)v(aṃ)vidhasya cchavivarṇāvabhāsasya prādurbhāvaṃ || ko bhadanta het(uḥ kaḥ pratyayo 'syaivaṃvidhasya chavivarṇāvabhāsasya prādurbhā)vāya ||\n28.56 evam etad ānanda || evam etad ānanda || dvāv imau hetū dvau pratyayāv asyaivaṃvidhasya (cchavivarṇāvabhāsasya prādurbhāvāya ||) 28.57 (katamau dvau ||) 28.58 (yasyāṃ rātrau bodhisat)vo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho yasyāṃ ca rātrau tathāgato 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇ(adhātau parinirvāsyate ||) 28.59 (imau dvau hetū dvau pratyayāv evaṃvidhas)ya cchavivarṇāvabhāsasya prādurbhāvāya ||\n29.1 tatra bhagavān āyu(ṣ)m(a)ntam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n29.2 āga(mayānanda yena nadī hiraṇyavatī ||) 29.3 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmā)n ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||\n29.4 atha bhagavān yena nadī hiraṇyavatī tenopajagām(opetya nadyā hiraṇyavatyās tīre nivāsanam ekānte sthāpayitvā nadīṃ hiraṇ)y(a)vatīm abhyavagāhya gātrāṇi pariṣicya nadīṃ hiraṇyavatīṃ pratyu(tth)ā(ya nyaṣīdad gātrāṇi viśoṣayan ||) 29.5 (atha bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 29.6 syād ānanda cundasya karmāraputrasya vipratisāraḥ pare(ṣām āpāditaḥ || tasya te cunda na labdham alābhā || tasya te durlabdhaṃ na sulabdhaṃ ya)sy(a) te śāstā p(a)śc(i)maṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujyānupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau pa(rinirvṛtaḥ ||) 29.7 (dvividhānanda cundasya karmāraputrasya vipratisāriṇo kaukṛtyaṃ v)inodayitavyam ||\n29.8 saṃmukhaṃ ma āyuṣmaṃś cunda bhagavato 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukh(am udgṛhītaṃ dvau piṇḍapātau samasamau vipākena ||) 29.9 (yaṃ ca piṇḍapātaṃ) bhuktvā bodhisatvo 'nuttarāṃ samya(ksa)ṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ ||\n29.10 yaṃ ca piṇda(pātaṃ bhuktvā tathāgato 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāsyate ||) 29.11 (imau dvau piṇḍapātau) samasamau vipākena ||\n29.12 tad idam ānanda cundena karmāraputreṇāyuḥsaṃ(vartanīyaṃ karma kṛtaṃ varṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ balasaṃvartanīyaṃ bhoga)saṃvartanīyaṃ svargasaṃvar(ta)nīyam aiś(va)ryasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtaṃ bhaviṣya(ti ||) 29.13 (athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 29.14 (ayam āyuṣmāñ chandaś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ paruṣo roṣita ākrośa)ko bhikṣū(ṇāṃ || ta)sy(ā)sm(ābhir) bhada(n)ta (bha)gavat(o) 'tyay(ā)t kath(aṃ p)r(a)t(i)p(atta)vy(aṃ ||) 29.15 ch(an)d(a) ā(nanda bhikṣur mamātyayād brahmadaṇḍena tarjanīyaḥ || brahmadaṇḍena tarjitaś ced vipratisāra)vaś(a)m āpatsyate tathāsaṃvignaś ca kātyāyanāvavādenāvavāditavyaḥ ||\n30.1 tatra bhag(av)ā(n āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 30.2 (āgamayānanda yena kuśinagarī ||) 30.3 (evaṃ badantety āyuṣmān ānando) bhagavataḥ praty(a)śrauṣīt ||\n30.4 atha bhagavān antar(ā) ca nadī(ṃ) hiraṇyavatīm antarā ca kuśi(nagarīṃ malleṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ carann atrāntarādhvapratipanno mārgād avakramyāyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 30.5 (prajñāpayā)nanda tathāgatasya caturguṇam uttarāsaṅgaṃ pṛṣṭhī ma āvilāyati t(ā)ṃ tāvad āyām(ayiṣye ||) 30.6 (evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya laghu laghv eva caturguṇam utta)rāsa(ṅ)gaṃ prajñapya bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n30.7 (p)rajñaptas tathāgatasya caturguṇa (u)tt(arāsaṅgaḥ || yasyedānīṃ bhagavāṅ kālaṃ manyate ||) 30.8 (atha bhagavāṅ gaṇaguṇāṃ saṃghāṭiṃ śirasi pratiṣṭhāpya) dakṣiṇena pārśvena śay(y)āṃ kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī (pratismṛtaḥ saṃprajāna utthānasaṃjñāṃ manasi kurvāṇaḥ ||) 30.9 (tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 30.10 (pratibhāntu) ta ānanda bodhyaṅg(ā)ni ||\n30.11 smṛtisaṃbodhyaṅgaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā sv(ayam abhijñātaṃ samyagadhigataṃ suvyākhyātaṃ vivekaniśritaṃ virāganiśritaṃ nirodhaniśritaṃ vyavasargapariṇatam ||) 30.12 (dharmavica)yo vīryaṃ p(r)īti(ḥ) p(rasrabdhiḥ) sam(ā)dhi(r u)pe(kṣā ca saṃb)odh(ya)ṅgaṃ (bhadanta bhagavatā svayam abhijñātaṃ samyagadhigataṃ suvyākhyātaṃ vivekaniśritaṃ virāganiśritaṃ nirodhaniśritaṃ vyavasargapariṇataṃ ||) 30.13 (pratibhātaṃ ta ānanda vīryam ||) 30.14 (pratibhātaṃ bhagavan vīryam ||) 30.15 (vīryam ānandāsevitaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkṛtam anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhaye saṃvartate ||) 30.16 (evam uktvā bhagavān utthāya nya)ṣīdat p(ar)y(aṅka)m ābhujyarjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukha(ṃ) smṛtim up(as)th(āpya ||) 30.17 (a)thāny(atamo bhikṣus tasyāṃ ve)lāyāṃ g(ā)thā babhāṣe ||\n30.18 madhur(aṃ) dharma(ṃ) śrotuṃ glāny. + + + + + + + + + ||\n+ śās(t)ā bhikṣo 'vadad. + + + + + bodhyaṅgāni vartante | 1\n30.20 sādhv ity avadat sthaviro\n'py (ā)nandaḥ pa + + + + + + + ||\nśuklā hy ete dharmāḥ santi virajasa(ḥ) pravacanen(a) | 2 30.21 smṛtivicayau vīryaṃ ca prītiḥ pra(srabdh)i(r ya)th(ā) samādhiś ca ||\nsopekṣāṇy etāni hi bodhya(ṅgāni) + + + + + | 3 30.22 bodhyaṅgakathāṃ śrutvā bodhyaṅgānāṃ rasaṃ sa vijñāya ||\nbāḍh. + + + + + + + dhād vyutthita + + | 4 30.23 so 'pi hi dharmasvāmi dharmasyā + + + + + + .ā ||\nicchati dharmaṃ śrotuṃ na śrotavyaḥ kathaṃ so 'nyaiḥ | 5 30.24 yo 'py (agro bhikṣuś ca prajñāvān daśa)bale(na ni)rdiṣṭaḥ ||\nso 'pi jagāma glāno dharmaśravaṇārtham upatiṣyaḥ | 6 30.25 śṛṇvanti te 'pi (sūtradha)rā (vinaya)dharā mātṛk(ā)dharāś caiva ||\nkuśalān ay. + + + + (na śrotavyaḥ kathaṃ so 'nyaiḥ) | 7 30.26 śṛṇvanti yathādharmam ājñācit(t)aṃ + + upasthāpya ||\nprītiṃ t(a)thā labha(n)te (nirāmiṣ)eṣu (buddhavacaneṣu) | 8 30.27 pr(ī)timanaḥ p(r)asrabdhiḥ kāye 'smin sa su(kha) + + + + + ||\n+ + + (samā)dhiṃ + + + + pi saṃsp. + + | 9 30.28 c(i)tte samāhite viśve saṃskā(ra)śaraṇa(ṃ na gacchanti ||\nsaṃsāra)bh(a)vag(a)ti(bh)y(o) v(i)raktacittā vimucyante | 10 30.29 + + + + + + + + + + (deveṣ)u manuj(e)ṣu ||\nnirupādāna iva śikhī p(arinirvāsyanti bhūtvārhan | 11\n)30.30 + + + + + m iha dharmaśravaṇaṃ jinena nirdiṣṭa(m ||) + + + + + + + + + + + + + stu | 12\n31. = Sondertext II (ST.II) <CT 136ff.>\n31.1 (ST.II) tatra bhagavān āyu(ṣmantam ānandam āmant)r(aya)ti || āgamayānanda yena kuśinagarī || evaṃ bhadante(ty āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 31.2 (ST.II) aśrauṣuḥ kauśināgarāṇāṃ ma(llapramukhāḥ pañca ca) mallaśatāny anyatarasmiṃ saṃsthāgāre sanniṣaṇṇāni s(annipatitāni || bhagavān malleṣu janapa)deṣv anupūrveṇa caryāṃ caraṃ pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāp(āyāṃ viharati jaluk)āvanaṣaṇḍe || tam enaṃ (pā)pīyakā mallāḥ paramayā mān(anayā mānitavantaḥ paramayā pūjana)yā pūjitavantaḥ paramayā g(urukāra)tayā (gurukṛtavantaḥ ||) punas (t)eṣām ag(r)eṇa praṇ(ī)tenānuttareṇa dhar(madā)ne(nopakṛt). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ti bhagavā(ṃ) bh(i)kṣ(u)s(aṃ)gh(aparivṛto) bhikṣu(saṃghapuraskṛto kuśinagarīm āgamiṣyaty asmākaṃ grāmakṣetre ||) 31.3 (ST.II) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +(ā)tmahitahetoḥ sarvān kuśi + + + + + + śo + + + suhi + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ch(a)tradh(v)ajapatākāṃś cāropay(e)ma mahāṃś ca prasthāpayema + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tataḥ paścāt sarveṣāṃ pratyudgamanam eva śreyaḥ syāt ||\n31.4 (ST.II) tatas te sa(r)ve + + + s(aṃ)modamānā e + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (viśodha)yaṃti s(u)sannāṃ susaṃmṛṣṭāṃ kṛtvā sarvālaṅk(ā)ra(v)ibhūṣaṇair vibhūṣayanti praṇītaiś c(a ga)ndhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpai(ḥ) + + + + + + (chatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropa)yanti (y)ena ca mārgeṇa bhagavāṃ niryāti tam a + + (pratyudgaṃ)tu(ṃ prakrā)ntāḥ ||\n31.5 (ST.II) tena khal(u sa)mayenāntarā c(a) + + + + + + + + + + + + + (uttare ma)hatī pṛthvīśilā samavaruddhā asthāne rājap(ra)de + + + + + u + (ṣa)ṣṭ(i)hastapramā(ṇ)am ūrdhvato 'bhyudgatā tr(iṃśat). + + + + + 31.6 (ST.II) + + + + + + (nannu va)yam imāṃ mahatīṃ pṛthvīśilām asmāt pradeś(ād) utkṣ(ep)syā(maḥ || yat)r(āsmāt) pradeś(ād ut)kṣipem(a) tat(rā)smākaṃ mārgaś ca suśo(dhitaḥ syāt ||) + + + + + + + + + + + + + (asmā)kaṃ ca diśi dikṣūdāraḥ kalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchet ||\n31.7 (ST.II) (atha kauśi)nāgarā mall. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + uttare sā mahatī pṛthvīśilā || asmāt pradeśā(t) pra(kṣep)syāma(ḥ) + + + + + me r. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (śṛṇvantu) bh(a)vantaḥ kauśināgar(ā) mallā vā malla + + + + + + + + ṃ pā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (va)yam imām api mahatīṃ (pṛthvīśi)l(ām asmāt pradeśād utkṣepsyāmaḥ || yatrā)sm(āt) pradeś(ād utkṣipema tatrā)smāk(aṃ) m(ār)gaś ca s(uśo)dhitaḥ syāt pū(r)vavad (yāvat kalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchet ||) 31.8 (ST.II) (tathā bhavatu kauśināgarā) mallā(ḥ pa)rasparān pratyaśrauṣuḥ pratyekapratyekaṃ bhadreṣu yāneṣv adhiruhy. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + kulabalarūpaiś c. + + + + + + + + nt. mahāśabda(ṃ) prakṣveḍayantaḥ kilikilāyamānā hṛṣṭās tuṣṭā udagrāḥ pr(ī)tisaumanasyajātāḥ + + + + (maha)tyā ṛddhyā kuśinaga(ryā niṣkramyānekaśatā)ny aśvoṣṭranīlagavāṃpatīnām ṛṣabhagajagandhahastinām ādāya yena sā ma(hatī) pṛthvī(śilā tenopaja)gmuḥ ||\n31.9 (ST.II) upetya tāṃ mahatīṃ (p)ṛ(thvīśilāṃ na)larajjvā bahuśo veṣṭayanti kecin niśrayaṇīm ābadhya muñjabalbajarajjvā k. + nā(ka)rṣayanti parika + + + + + phalaśatair mūlata uddhartum + + + + + + ntuṃ 31.10 (ST.II) kecid vajraprahāraiś cūrṇayituṃ kecic charīrabale(na) sann(addh)auṣṭr. + cālayituṃ kecid ṛṣabha + + + ś c(a) pātayituṃ kecid dhastiyū(tha) + + + yituṃ kecid auṣadhabalai(r) n(ā)śayituṃ kecin mantrabalair anta(r)dhāpayitum icch(an)ti ||\n31.11 (ST.II) teṣām evaṃrūpāṇām u(ttamaṃ) vyāyacchatāṃ kaccid asmāt pradeś(āt) + + + + + + + + + + + + + || te 'śv(āsāḥ) klāntakāyā(ḥ) prāgbhārakāyā vihatapr(āṇā) nai(va śaknuva)nti tāṃ maha(tīṃ śilāṃ) cālayituṃ kutaḥ punar ucchrayituṃ (p)r(avartayi)tu(m). 31.12 (ST.II) atha bhagavāṃ bhikṣusaṃghaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapura(s)kṛ(t)o ('nupūrveṇa caryāṃ caran yena) sā mahatī pṛthvīśilā (tenopajagāma ||) 31.13 (ST.II) (atha kauśi)n(ā)garā mallā bhagavantaṃ dūrata evāgacchantaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar hṛṣṭās (tu)ṣṭā (udagrāḥ prītisaumanasyajātā) gurugauravajātā s. + + + + + + + + + + (bha)g(a)vatpādau śirasā vandanti bhagavantaṃ tripradakṣiṇīkurvant(i) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 31.14 (ST.II) (ek)āntasthitān kauśin(āgarān mallān bhagavān i)dam avocat || kim etad ārabdhaṃ kumārakāḥ parameṇa ca mahatā p(arākrameṇa ||) 31.15 (ST.II) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (vaya)ṃ bhadantāśrauṣma kauśināgarā mallāḥ || bhagavāṃ malleṣu janapade(ṣv anupūrveṇa caryāṃ caran pāpām anuprāptaḥ pāpāyāṃ viharati jalukāvanaṣaṇḍe || tam enaṃ pāpīyakā) mallāḥ paramayā mānanayā māni(tavantaḥ paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavantaḥ paramayā gurukāratayā gurukṛtavantaḥ || punas teṣām agreṇa) p(ra)ṇītenānuttareṇa dharmadānenopakṛ(t). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ti bhagavāṃ bhikṣusaṃghaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto kuśinagarī)m āgamiṣyaty asmā(ka)ṃ grāmakṣetre || ś(ru)t(vā) .................... große Lücke <mātāpitṛkabala, puṇyabala, prajñābala, ṛddhibala, bhāvanābala> ...... 31.16 (ST.II) + + + c. taṃ + + + pūrṇam anūnam avikal(am) + + (a)bhisaṃkṣipya saṃpiṇḍayitvā t(ad) ṛ(ddhibala) + + + + + + m akārṣīd vivikte(na) + + + + + + ś. pr. n. .dh. + + n idaṃ tathāgatasya bhāvanābalam ||\n31.17 (ST.II) kīdṛśe(na) bh(a)danta mātāpaitṛkeṇa balena sa(manvāgatās tathāgatā a)rhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddh(āḥ) ||\n31.18 (ST.II) (icchatha) yūyaṃ vāsiṣṭhās tathāgatasyāntikāt tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ mātāpaitṛ(kaṃ balaṃ śrotuṃ ||) 31.19 (ST.II) (paramaṃ bhadan)ta bhagavann icchāmaḥ paramaṃ sugatecchāmaḥ ||\n31.20 (ST.II) tena hi yūyaṃ vāsiṣṭhāḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye ||\n31.21 (ST.II) y(ad daśānāṃ prākṛ)tānāṃ gavānāṃ balaṃ tad ekasya nīlagavasya balaṃ || yad daśānāṃ nīlagavānāṃ balaṃ tad ekasya maharṣabhasya balam || yad daśānāṃ mah(arṣabhānāṃ balaṃ tad eka)sya (cama)rasya balam || yad daśānāṃ camarāṇāṃ balaṃ tad ekaṃ khaḍgabalam || yad daśa khaḍgabalāni tad ekasya prākṛtasya hastino balam || y(ad daśānāṃ prākṛtānām) ha(s)t(ināṃ) balaṃ tad ekasya vāmānukahastino bala(ṃ) || yad daśānāṃ vāmānukahastināṃ balaṃ tad ekasya kaṇerukasya hastino balam || yad d(aśānāṃ kaṇerukahasti)nāṃ balaṃ tad ekasya karāḍahastino balam || yad daśānāṃ karāḍahastināṃ balaṃ tad ekasya nīlagirer hastino balam || evaṃ pītagire(r lohitagireḥ śvetagi)reḥ saugandhikasya madhugandhikasyotpalagandhikasya kumudagandhino balam || yad daśānāṃ kumudagandhināṃ balaṃ tad ekasya (padmahastino balam || ya)d daśānāṃ padmahasti(nām ba)l(a)ṃ (ta)d ekasya mahāpadmahastino balam || yad daśānāṃ mahāpadmahastināṃ balaṃ tad ekasya (h)ai(mavatasya hastino balam || ya)d daśānāṃ haimav(atānāṃ hastināṃ ba)l(aṃ) tad eka(sya) g(a)j(a)gandhahastino balam || yad daśānāṃ gajagandha(ha)stināṃ balaṃ tad ekasyārdhamahā(nagnino balam || yad dvayor ardhamah)ān(a)g(n)i(n)o(r balaṃ tad eka)sya ma(hānagnino ba)lam || ya(d) d(aś)ā(n)āṃ (ma)hānagnināṃ balaṃ ta(d ekasyā)rdhapraskandino balam || yad dvayo(r ardhapraskandinor balaṃ tad e)kasya prask(andino ba)lam || yad daśānā(ṃ p)r(a)skand(i)nām bala(ṃ) tad (e)k(asya) + + + + (ba)lam || yad daś. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (e)ka(ṃ) varāṅgab(alam) || yad daśavarāṅgabalāni tad ekam ardhanārāya(ṇabalam) + + || yad dvayor ardhan(ārāyaṇayor balaṃ tad eka) + + + + + + + + + kāni tr. + + + (nārā)yaṇabalaśatāni tad ekasya tathāgatasyārh(ataḥ samya)ks(aṃ)buddhasya (balam) ||\n31.22 (ST.II) + + + + + + + + ṅge na + + + + + + + + + + + + (ba)laṃ dhārayanti tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksa(ṃbuddhāḥ || ye cātītā) ye cānā(gatās tathāgatā arhantaḥ sa)myaksa(ṃ)buddh(ā)ḥ sarve (sa)masamāḥ samasvarāḥ samalakṣaṇāḥ samaguṇatul(y)ā + + + + + + + pa + + + + + + + + + + (āyuṣā śarīra)dehena ca ||\n31.23 (ST.II) īdṛśen(a) vāsiṣṭhā mātāpaitṛkena balena samanvāgatās tathāg(atā arhantaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āyuṣā śarīradehena ca ||) 31.24 (ST.II) (śrutam asmābhir eva) bhagavato 'ntikāt (tathā)gatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāṃ mātāpaitṛkaṃ balam ||\n31.25 (ST.II) (kīdṛśena bhadanta puṇyabalena samanvāgatās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyak)saṃbuddhāḥ ||\n31.26 (ST.II) icchatha yūyaṃ vās(iṣṭhās) tathāgatasyāntikāt tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbu(d)dh(ānāṃ puṇyabalaṃ śrotum ||) 31.27 (ST.II) (paramaṃ bhadanta bhagavann icchāmaḥ paramaṃ sugate)cchāmaḥ ||\n31.28 (ST.II) tena hi yūyaṃ vā(si)ṣṭhāḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kurut(a bhāṣiṣye ||) 31.29 (ST.II) (yad vā)siṣṭhā jaṃ(budvīpe satvānāṃ puṇyaṃ taj jambudvīpapateś cakrava)rtinaḥ puṇyeṣūpa(ni)dhāya śatimān api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasrimā(ṃ śatasa)hasrimā(ṃ) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + py upaniṣadam api nopaiti ||\n31.30 (ST.II) y(ad v)āsiṣṭhā dvīpayoḥ satvānāṃ puṇyaṃ tad dvidvī(papate)ś cakravartin(aḥ puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti) pūrvavad yāv(ad upaniṣada)m api nopai(ti || yad v)āsiṣṭhās triṣu dvīpeṣ(u) satvānāṃ puṇyaṃ tat t(r)idvī(papa)teś cakravarti(naḥ puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upani)ṣadam api nopaiti || yad vāsiṣṭhāś catur(ṣu dvīpeṣu satvānāṃ puṇyaṃ tac caturdvīpapateś cakravartinaḥ puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api) nopaiti ||\n31.31 (ST.II) catvāraḥ khalu vāsiṣṭhāś (c). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 31.32 (ST.II) (ekadv)īpakasya cakravartino 'yasmayaṃ (cakraṃ prā)durbhavati samantakrośam || dvidvīp(akasya cakravartino + + + cakraṃ prādurbhavati dvisamantakrośam || tridvīpakasya ca)kravartino rājataṃ cakraṃ prādurbhavati trisamantakrośam || catu(rdvīpakasya cakravartino sanābhi)kaṃ sanemikaṃ divyaṃ (sar)vasauvarṇaṃ (cakraṃ prādurbhavati catuḥsamantakrośam ||) 31.33 (ST.II) + + prabhāsvaraṃ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (puṇyaṃ ta)c cat(u)rmahārājikānāṃ devānāṃ (p)uṇyeṣūpani(dhāya śatimām api) kalāṃ (nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti || yac caturmahārājikānāṃ de)vānāṃ puṇyaṃ tac ca(tu)rṇā(ṃ) mahā(rājñāṃ puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śa)t(i)mām a(pi kalāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti || yac ca)turṇāṃ mahārājñāṃ puṇyaṃ tad devā(nāṃ trayastriṃśānāṃ puṇyeṣūpanidhāya) ś(a)timām api k(alāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti ||) 31.34 (ST.II) (yat koṭi)śatasahasraṃ devānāṃ trayastriṃśānāṃ puṇyaṃ tad + + + + + (puṇyeṣūpanidhāya) śatimām api kalā(ṃ) n(o)p(ai)ti pū(rvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api) nopaiti ||\n31.35 (ST.II) yathā devās trayastriṃśāḥ + + + (śak)r(o dev)endra + vaṃ + mā + .ā + + + + + + + + + + + + + (tathā yāmās tuṣi)tā devāḥ saṃtuṣito devaputro ni(rmāṇaratayaḥ parinirmi)tavaśavarti(no) brahmā sabhāpatir brahmapurohi(tā mahābrahmāṇaḥ parī)ttābhā apra(māṇā)bhā ābhāsvarāḥ parīttaśubhāḥ śu(bhakṛtsnā anabhrakāḥ puṇyapra)savā bṛhatphalā abṛhā at(apāḥ) sudarśanā akaniṣṭhāḥ ||\n31.36 (ST.II) yat koṭiśatasahasram akaniṣṭhānāṃ (puṇyaṃ tad) + + + + + (puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śa)timām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrv(avad yā)vad upaniṣadam api nopaiti || yat koṭiśa(tasahasram) + + + + (puṇyaṃ tad eka)sya maitreyasya bodh(i)satvasya puṇye(ṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti ||) 31.37 (ST.II) (yat koṭiśatasahasraṃ maitreyā)ṇāṃ bodhisatvānāṃ (p)uṇyaṃ tad e(kasya) + + + + (puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrvavad yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti || yat) + + + tiy. .gaṅgāvālukānāṃ cara(mabha)vināṃ (p)r(āṇināṃ puṇyaṃ tad) + + + + (puṇyeṣūpanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti pūrva)vad yā(vad) upani(ṣadam a)p(i) nopaiti || y. + + + + +\n31.38 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43 <Ende puṇyabala) 31.39 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43 <Ende puṇyabala)\nPrajñābala 31.40 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43 31.41 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43 31.42 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43 31.43 (ST.II) Deutsche Übersetzung nach Parallen in 50-52, 23-28, 38-43\n31.44 (ST.II) + + + ṣṭh. śākh(a)pa(r)ṇaśatapramāṇ. k. + m. n. kṣ. .r tar. khalu vāsiṣṭhāḥ k. + + + .y d. (a)n(u)gachann anvavaya(ñ) ś(ā)r(i)putrasya bhikṣ(o)ḥ prajñ(ā)y(ā)ḥ kṣ. y. v. s. 31.45 (ST.II) (īdṛśena vā)siṣṭhāḥ prajñābalena samanvāgataḥ śāriputro bhikṣuḥ ||\n31.46 (ST.II) yāvad e(va) vāsiṣṭhā ādityāḥ pariharanto diśo bhāsante vairocanās tāvat sahasrike loke sahasraṃ can(d)r(āṇāṃ sahasraṃ) sūryāṇāṃ sahasraṃ sumerūṇāṃ parvatarājñāṃ sahasraṃ pūrvavidehānāṃ sahasraṃ godānīyānāṃ sahasram uttarakurūṇāṃ sahasraṃ jambudvīpānāṃ sa(hasraṃ catu)rmahārājikānāṃ trāyastri(ṃ)śānāṃ (yā)mān(ā)ṃ tuṣitānāṃ nirmāṇaratīnāṃ parinirmitavaśavartīnāṃ sahasraṃ brahmalokānām || ayam ucyate (sahasrika)ś cyūḍiko lokadhātuḥ ||\n31.47 (ST.II) yat sahasrikāṇāṃ cyūḍik(ā)nāṃ lokadhātūnāṃ sa(ha)sram ayam ucyate dvisahasro madhyamo lokadhātuḥ || yad dvisah(asrikā)ṇāṃ lokadhātūnāṃ sahasram ayam ucyate trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātuḥ ||\n31.48 (ST.II) sa eṣa vāsiṣṭhās trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātuḥ pūrṇaḥ syāc chāriputrasamair bhikṣubhiḥ prajñāyās tathāgatasya prajñām upanidhāya śatimām api kalāṃ nopaiti yāvad upaniṣadam api nopaiti ||\n31.49 (ST.II) sarvalokasya yā prajñā sthā(payitvā ta)thā(ga)tam ||\nkalāṃ nārghati ṣoḍ(aśīm) |\n31.50 (ST.II) īdṛ(śena) vās(i)ṣṭh(āḥ) prajñābal(e)na samanvāgat(ā a)rhant(aḥ) s(a)my(a)ksa(ṃ)buddhāḥ || y(e) cāt(ī)t(ā ye cānāgatāḥ) pū(r)vavad yāvad āyu(ṣā) ś(a)r(ī)r(a)d(e)h(e)n(a) c(a) ||\n31.51 (ST.II) śrutam asm(ā)bh(ir eva ta)thāgatasyāntikāt tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānā(ṃ) mātāpaitṛkaṃ balam || śrutaṃ puṇyabalam || śruta(ṃ) prajñābala(ṃ) ||\nṛddhibala 31.52 (ST.II) kīdṛśena bhadantarddhibalena samanvāgat(ā arha)ntaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ ||\n31.53 (ST.II) icchatha yūyaṃ vāsiṣṭhās tathāgatasyāntikāt tathāgatānām arhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhān(ā)m ṛddhibalaṃ śrotum ||\n31.54 (ST.II) paramaṃ bhadanta bhagavann icchāmaḥ || paramaṃ sugatecchāmaḥ ||\n31.55 (ST.II) tena hi yūyaṃ vāsiṣṭhāḥ śṛṇuta sādhu ca suṣṭhu ca manasi kuruta bhāṣiṣye ||\n31.56 (ST.II) eko 'yaṃ vāsiṣṭhā()ḥ samayo vairaṇyā(yāṃ vi)harāmi naḍerapicumandamūle || tena khalu samayena vairaṇyāyāṃ durbhikṣam abhūt kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena bhikṣavaś (ca) lūhabho(janena) pariklamanti || atha maudgalyāyano bhikṣur yen(ā)haṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ || upetya mām idam avocat ||\n31.57 (ST.II) yat khalu bhadanta bhagavāṃ jānīyāt || etarhi vairaṇyāyāṃ durbhi(kṣaṃ kṛc)chr(aḥ) kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena bhikṣavo lūhabhojanena pariklamanti 31.58 (ST.II) saṃmukhaṃ me bhadanta bhagavato 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam || yo 'syāṃ m(ahāpṛ)th(i)vyāṃ pārthivaḥ praṇīto rasadhātuḥ so 'dhastād avakṣipto mamāpy evaṃ samyak pratyātmaṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate || yo 'syāṃ mahāpṛthivyāṃ pārthivaḥ praṇīto rasadh(ātuḥ so 'dhastād avakṣipta)s tad icchāmi mahāpṛthivīṃ pariva(r)ta(yi)tu(m || yat ta)syādhastāt pārthivaḥ praṇīto rasadhātus tad ūrdhvaṃ kariṣyāmi yad ūrdhvaṃ tad a(dhastāt ||) 31.59 (ST.II) (tam enam evaṃ vadāmi ||) mahāpṛthivīṃ cen maudgalyāyana parivarta(yi)tum icchasi || sa evam āha || mahāpṛthivīṃ bhadanta parivartayitum icch(āmi ||) 31.60 (ST.II) (tam enam evaṃ vadāmi || kathaṃsthi)to mahāpṛthivīṃ parivartayiṣyasi || sa evam āha || cakravāḍamahācakravāḍābhyāṃ sthāne sthito mahāpṛthi(vīṃ parivartayiṣyāmi ||) 31.61 (ST.II) (tam enam evaṃ vadāmi || ma)hāpṛthivīṃ cen maudgalyāyana parivartayitum ichasi ye pṛthivīsaṃniśritā bhūtāḥ satvāḥ prāṇinaś ca tāṃ (kathaṃ kariṣyasi || sa evam āha || mahāpṛthivīṃ) bhadanta parivartayitum icchāmi ye pṛthivīsaṃniśritā bhūtāḥ satvāḥ prāṇinaś ca tāṃ vāmena + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (mahā)pṛthi(v)īṃ parivartayiṣyāmi ||\n31.62 (ST.II) tam enam e(vaṃ) vadāmi || mahāpṛthivīṃ maudgalyāyana parivartayaṃ kathaṃsaṃjñī (bhaviṣyasi) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (parama)laghusaṃjñī bha(vi)ṣyāmi tadyath(ā) bal(avān puruṣaḥ ka)dalīpatraṃ parivartayaṃ paramalaghu(saṃjñī) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (parama)l(a)gh(u)saṃjñī bha(vi)ṣyāmi ||\n31.63 (ST.II) tam enam ev(aṃ vadāmi || avasitaṃ) maudgal(yāyana ava)sitaṃ maud(ga)lyāyan(a) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + st. n. + + (e)t(e)na mah(ā)pṛth(ivīṃ parivartayitum || ta)t kasm(ād dhetoḥ)() + + + bhū(tā) + m(au)dgaly(āyan.) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (kālaṃ kur)yuḥ || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || eṣo 'pi maudgal(yāyana mahā)pḥ(thi)vy(āṃ) pārthivaḥ praṇīto rasadhātur nacir + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .y. ti tad ime satvā bhūtāḥ prāṇinaś cāhārarasagredhāt paramam utpādam āpadyeyur ucchidya kālaṃ kuryu(ḥ ||) 31.64 (ST.II) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pṛthivīṃ parivartayitum || īdṛśena vāsiṣṭhā ṛddhibalena samanvāgato maudgalyāyano bhikṣuḥ ||\n31.65 (ST.II) (yāvad eva vāsiṣṭhā ādityāḥ pariharanto diśo) bhāsante vairocanāḥ pūrvavad yāvad ayam ucyate trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātuḥ ||\n31.66 (ST.II) sa eṣa vāsi(ṣṭhās trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātuḥ pū)rṇaḥ syād ṛddhimadbhir maudgalyāyanasadṛśair bhikṣubhis tathāgatasyarddhyām ṛddhir upanidhāya śatimām api pūrvavad y(ā)v(ad upaniṣadam api nopaiti ||) 31.67 + + + + (śrā)vakapratyekabuddhānāṃ kāyavāhinī man(o)vāhinī carddhis tathāgatānām arhat(ā)ṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānā(ṃ) manoj(avā) + + + 31.68 (ST.II) (īdṛśena vāsiṣṭhā ṛddhibalena sama)n(v)āgatās tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ || ye cātītā ye cānāgatāḥ pūrvavad yāvad (ā)yuṣā śarīradehe(na ca ||) + + +\n31.70 (ST.II) + + + vā + .e + + + + (kauśināgarā ma)llā bhagavato 'nt(i)kān mohaga(tā)ḥ kathaṃcil labdh(a) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ekatyā bā)hūn pragṛhya prakrośanti || ekatyāś cetoduḥkhasamarpitās tiṣṭhanti || ekatyā dharmatām eva prati(sma)r(anti ||) pr(ā)g evās(mā)k(aṃ bhaga)vatākhyāt(aṃ sarvair iṣṭaiḥ kāntaiḥ priyai)r manāpair nānābhāvo bhaviṣyati vinābhāvo viprayogo visaṃyogaḥ ||\n31.71 (ST.II) atha kauśināgarā mallāḥ kapotavalgusvarā dīrgham u(cchvasya) sv(āsrūṇi ca) utstīrya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte tasthuḥ ||\n31.72 (ST.II) atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ mahatyāṃ pṛthvīśilāyām ekānte nyaṣīdat sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃgh(e)na || k(au)śinā(ga)rā api malllās tasyām eva pṛthvīśilāyām ekānte nyaṣīdan ||\n31.73 (ST.II) atha bhagavāṃ kauśināgarān mallān saṃjñ(ā)payann iva kauśināgarān mallān idam avocat ||\n31.74 (ST.II) iyaṃ vāsiṣṭhā mahatī pṛthvīśilā pūrvakalpikānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ vyāyāmaśilā babhūva tathā hy asyā adyāpi d(ṛ)śyante 'ṅgulici(hnā)ni || evam anityā vāsiṣṭhāḥ sarvasaṃskārā evam adhruvā evam anāśvāsikā evaṃ vipariṇāmadharm(ā)ṇaḥ sarvasaṃskārā yāvad alam eva sa(r)vasa(ṃ)skār(e)bhyo nirvett(u)m alaṃ viraktum alaṃ vimoktum ||\n31.75 (ST.II) asmi(ṃ) khalu mahāsiṃhanādike dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe 'yaṃ trisahasramahāsahasro lokadhātus trikṛtvaḥ kaṃpitaḥ saṃka(ṃ)pitaḥ saṃprakaṃpitaḥ calitaḥ saṃ(ca)litaḥ saṃpracalito vyathitaḥ saṃvyathitaḥ saṃpravyathitaḥ kṣubhitaḥ saṃkṣubhitaḥ saṃprakṣubhitaḥ ||\n31.76 (ST.II) atha brahmaṇaḥ sabhāpateḥ śakrasya c(a deve)ndrasya svanikāyasthitayor etad abhavat || ayaṃ buddho bh(a)g(av)ā(ṃ) kuśinagarīsamīpe sthitaḥ kauśināgarān mallān mahatarddhiprātihāryeṇāvarjayi(tvā na) cirasyedānīṃ bhagavān anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parini(r)vāsyati || yannu vayaṃ gatvā bhagavantaṃ tathāgatam arhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paścimaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramiṣyāvaḥ ||\n31.77 (ST.II) a(tha brahmā) s(abhā)patiḥ śakraś ca devendraḥ svanikāye 'ntarhitau kāmāvacarair devaiḥ sār(dhaṃ) + + + + + + + + ty. .ṛ + + kaṃ + stri + brahmā sabhāpati + + + + + + + + + +\n31.78 (ST.II) ity uktvā brahmā sabhāpatiḥ śakraś ca devendro bhagavataḥ p(ā)dau śirasā (van)d(itvā) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (pra)s(a)rat(a)ḥ praṇamataḥ praṇamataḥ śira(sā vanditv)ā t(a)tr(aivān)tarhitau ||\n31.79 (ST.II) (atha bhagavān tasya mahājanakāyasya tathābhiprasannasyāśayaṃ cānuśayaṃ) ca gatiṃ ca prakṛt(i)ñ ca vijñāya tādṛśīm eva caturāryasatyasaṃprakāś(ikāṃ dharmadeśanām akarod) 31.80 (ST.II) (yāṃ śrutvānekaiḥ prāṇiśatasahasrair uṣmagatāni) kuśalamūl(ā)ny utpāditāni ||\n31.81 (ST.II) kaiścit kṣāntayo mūrdhānaḥ satyānulomikā laukikā (agradharmāḥ || kecic chrotaāpattiphale vyavasthāpitāḥ kecit sakṛdāgāmiphale kecid anāgāmi)phale kaiścit tan niṣkramya pravrajit(vā) sarvakleśaprahāṇād (ar)h(at)vaṃ sākṣīkṛtam || kaiścic chr(ā)v(akabodhau kaiścit pratyekabodhau kaiścid anuttarasamyaksaṃbo)dhau cittam u(tp)āditam ||\n31.82 (ST.II) (avandhya)dharmadeśanā(ṃ sādareṇa) g(ṛhītvā) yadbhūyasā sā pariṣad (buddha)ni(mnā dharmapravaṇā saṃghaprāgbhārā vyavasthitā ||) 31.83 (ST.II) (atha bhagavāṃs tāṃ parṣadaṃ buddhanimnāṃ dharmapravaṇāṃ saṃghaprāgbhārāṃ vyavasthāpyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ ||)\n32.1 (tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 32.2 (āgamayānanda yena kuśinagarī ||) 32.3 (evaṃ bhadantet)y (ā)yuṣmān (ā)nando (bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 32.4 (atha bhagavān malleṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caraṅ kuśinagarīm anuprāptaḥ || kuśi)nagaryāṃ viharati mallānām upavartane yamakaśālavane ||\n32.5 atha bhagavāṃs tadaiva (parinirvāṇakālasamaya āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate sma ||) 32.6 (prajñāpayānanda tathā)gatasyāntareṇa yamakaśālayor uttarāśīrṣaṃ mañcam adya tathāgatasya rātryā (madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||) 32.7 (evaṃ bhadan)tety āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutyāntareṇa yamakaśā(layor uttarāśīrṣaṃ mañcaṃ prajñapya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma ||) 32.8 (upetya bhaga)vatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte 'sthāt ||\n32.9 ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānand(o bhagavantam idam avocat || prajñapto bhadanta tathāgatasyāntareṇa yamakaśālayor) uttarāśīrṣo mañcaḥ ||\n32.10 atha bhagavān yena mañcas tenopajagāma || upetya dakṣiṇena pārśve(na śayyāṃ kalpayati pādaṃ pādenopadhāyālokasaṃjñī pratismṛtaḥ saṃprajāno nirvāṇasaṃjñām eva manasi kurvāṇaḥ ||) 32.11 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito mañcam avalaṃbya prārodīd aśr(ū)ṇi vartayamān(a evam āha ||) 32.12 (atikṣipraṃ bhagavān parinirvāty atikṣipraṃ sugataḥ) parinirvāty atikṣipraṃ cakṣur lokasyāntardhīyate ||\n32.13 pūrve ca bhikṣavas tābhyas t(ā)bhy(o digbhyas tebhyas tebhyo janapadebhya āgacchanti bhagavato 'ntikenopadarśa)nāya bhagavantaṃ paryupāsanāyai || teṣām upasaṃkrāntānāṃ bhagavān dharmaṃ deśay(aty ādau kalyā)ṇ(aṃ) ma(dh)ye kalyāṇ(aṃ paryavasāne kalyāṇaṃ svarthaṃ suvyañjanaṃ kevalaṃ) paripūrṇaṃ pariśuddhaṃ paryavadātaṃ brahmacaryaṃ prakāśayati ||\n32.14 yato ('nukā)laṃ gaṃbhīragaṃbhī(rāṃ dharmakathāṃ ye śrotum āgatās te bhaga)vān parinirvṛta iti śrutvā nāgamiṣyanti || mahato dharmasaṃbhogasy(aiva loke 'ntardhānaṃ bhaviṣyati ||) 32.15 (atha) bhagav(ā)n bhikṣūn āman(t)r(ayate ||) 32.16 (kva ca nu sthita ānando) bhikṣuḥ ||\n32.17 eṣa bhadantāyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito mañcam avalaṃbya prāro(dīd aśrūṇi pravartaya)mānaḥ\n32.19 (yāvad antardhānaṃ bha)viṣyati ||\n32.20 tatra bhaga(v)ān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n32.21 mā tvam ānanda śoca mā klā(ma || tat kasmād dhetoḥ ||) 32.22 (ta)th(āga)ta upasthitas ta (ānanda maitreṇa kāyakarmaṇā hitena sukhenādvayenāpramāṇena || maitreṇa vākkarmaṇā maitreṇa manaskarmaṇā hitena sukenādvayenā)pramāṇena ||\n32.23 ye te ('tīte 'dhvani tathāgatā arhantaḥ samya)ks(aṃ)buddhās teṣ(āṃ buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sadṛśam upasthānaṃ kariṣyate tadyathā tvayā mahyam etarhi ||) 32.24 (ye) 'pi te bhaviṣyanty a(nāgate 'dhvani tathāgatā arhantaḥ) samyaksaṃbuddhās te(ṣā)m api buddh(ānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sadṛśam upasthānaṃ kariṣyate tadyathā tvayā mahyam eta)r(h)i ||\n32.25 (mā) tasmāt tvam ān(anda śoca mā klāma || kasmād eva tat || kuta etal labhyaṃ ya)t taj jātaṃ bhūtaṃ kṛtaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ pūrv(avad) 32.26 (yāvad visaṃyogaḥ ||) 32.27 (atha bhagavān āyuṣmantam ā)nandaṃ saṃhar(ṣayituṃ bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||) 32.28 (catvāro bhikṣava āścaryā adbhutā dha)rmā rājñaś cakravartinaḥ || katame ca(tvāraḥ ||) 32.29 (sacet kṣatriyapariṣad rājānaṃ cakravartinaṃ darśa)nāyopa(saṃkrāmaty āptamanaskā bhavati darśanena || saced upasaṃkrāntāyāṃ dharmaṃ deśa)yaty āptamanaskā bhavati dharmaśr(avaṇena ||)\n32.30 (saced brāhmaṇapariṣad)\n32.32 (chramaṇapariṣad rājānaṃ) cakravartinaṃ da(r)ś(anāyopasaṃkrāmaty āptamanaskā bhavati darśa)nena || saced upasaṃkrāntāyāṃ dharm(a)ṃ (deśayaty āptamanaskā bhavati dharmaśrava)ṇena ||\n32.33 evam eva (bhikṣavaś catvāra āścaryā adbhutā dharmā ānandasya bhikṣoḥ || katame catvā)raḥ ||\n32.34 saced bhikṣupariṣad ānan(da)ṃ (darśanāyopasaṃkrāmaty ā)ptamanaskā bhavati (darśanena || saced upasaṃkrāntāyāṃ dharmaṃ deśayaty āptamanaskā bhavati dha)rm(a)śravaṇena ||\n32.35 sa(c)e(d) bhikṣu(ṇīpariṣad) 32.36 (upāsakapariṣad) 32.37 (upā)sikāpari(ṣad ānandaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrāmaty āptamanaskā bhavati darśanena || saced upasaṃkrāntāyāṃ dharmaṃ deśayaty āptamanaskā bhava)ti dharmaśrava(ṇena ||) 32.38 (apare 'pi catvāro bhikṣava āścaryā adbhutā dharmā ānandasya bhikṣoḥ || katame catvāraḥ ||) 32.39 (saced ānanda bhikṣur bhikṣupariṣade dharmaṃ deśayati satkṛtya deśa)yati nāsatkṛtya (deśayati tato bhikṣusaṃghasyaivaṃ bhavati || aho batāyuṣmān ānando dharmam eva bhāṣeta na tūṣṇīṃ syāt || atṛptaiva bhavati bhikṣupariṣad ānandasya) bh(i)kṣor dharmaśravaṇena || (punar ānando bhikṣus) tūṣṇīṃ bhavati ||\n32.40 saced bhikṣuṇīpariṣada 32.41 upāsakapari(ṣada) 32.42 upāsikāpariṣade dharmaṃ deśa(yati) satkṛtya deśayati nās(atkṛtya deśayati tata upāsakasaṃghāder e)vaṃ bhavati || aho batāyuṣmān ānando dharmam eva bhāṣeta na tūṣṇīṃ syāt || atṛptaiva bhavaty upāsikāpariṣad ānandasya bhikṣor dharma(śravaṇena ||) punar ānando bhikṣu(s) t(ūṣṇīṃ bha)vati ||\n33.1 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavatā saṃharṣito bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n33.2 saṃvidyante bhadantemāny evaṃrū(pāṇi mahānagarāṇi tadyath)ā śrāvas(t)ī (sāke)taṃ caṇpā bārāṇasī v(ai)śālī rājagṛham || kasmād bhagavān evaṃrūpāṇi mahānagarāṇy utsṛjyāsmiṃ ku(nagarake kuṃjakalake koṭṭe śākhāna)garake nagarasthāṇuke parin(i)rvātavyaṃ manyate ||\n33.3 mā ()tvam ānanda kuśinagarīṃ kunagarakaṃ manyasva kuṃjakalakaṃ vā ko(ṭṭaṃ śākhānagarakaṃ vā nagarasthāṇu)kaṃ vā || tat kasmād dhetoḥ ||\n34.1 bhūtapūrvam ānanda kuśinagarī (kuś)āvatī nāma rājadhānī babhūva || ṛddhā ca sphītā ca kṣemā ca s(ubhikṣā cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyā ca dvādaśa yo)janāny āyāmena saptayojanāni vistāreṇa ||\n34.2 kuśāvat(y) ānanda rājadhānī saptabhiḥ prākāraiḥ parikṣiptā babhūva catu(r)v(i)dh(ai)ḥ prākār(ai)ḥ s(au)va(r)ṇ(ai) rājat(ai)r v(aiḍūryamayaiḥ) sphaṭikamayaiḥ ||\n34.3 kuśāvatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ caturvidhāni dvārāṇi māpitāny abhūvan sauvarṇāni rājatāni vaiḍūryamayāṇi sphaṭikamayāni ||\n34.4 teṣu khalu (dvāreṣ)u (catu)rvidhā iṣ(ṭi)kā māpitā abhūvan sauvarṇā rājatā vaiḍūryamayāḥ sphaṭikamayāḥ saptapauruṣā ardhacaturthapauruṣāś ca nikhātā dṛḍhāḥ sthirāḥ sāravatyo 'calā asaṃpravedhinyaḥ ||\n34.5 kuśāvatī rājadhānī saptabhiḥ parikhābhiḥ parikṣiptā babhūva || tāḥ khalu parikhāś caturvidhābhir iṣṭikābhiś citā abhūvan sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ ||\n34.6 kuśāvatī rājadhānī saptabhis tālapaṅktibhiḥ parikṣiptā babhūva caturvidhais tālaiḥ sauvarṇai rājatair vaiḍūryamayaiḥ sphaṭikamayaiḥ ||\n34.7 sauvarṇasya tālasya rājataṃ patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ māpitam abhūt || rājatasya sauvarṇaṃ vaiḍūryamayasya sphaṭika(mayaṃ sphaṭikama)yasya (v)aiḍūryamayaṃ patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ māpitam abhūt ||\n34.8 teṣāṃ khalu tālānāṃ vāyunā pre(rit)ānām ayam evaṃrūpo manojñaḥ śabdo niścarati (yathā pañcāṅgikasya) tūryasya kuśalena puruṣeṇa samyaksupravāditasya ||\n34.9 tāsu khalu tālāntarikāsu puṣk(a)riṇy(o) māpitā abhūvan tāḥ khalu puṣkariṇ(yaś caturvidhābhir iṣṭikā)bh(i)ś c(i)tā abhūvan sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ ||\n34.10 tāsu khalu puṣkariṇīṣu caturvidhāni sopānān(i māpitāny abhū)va(n) sauvarṇāni rājatāni vaiḍūryamayāṇi sphaṭikamayāni ||\n34.11 tāḥ khalu puṣkariṇyaś c(aturvi)dhābhir vedikābhiḥ parikṣiptā abhūvan sauvarṇ(ībhī rā)jatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ || sauvarṇyā vedikāyā rājataṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt || rājatyāḥ sauvarṇaṃ sphaṭikam(ayyā vaiḍūryama)yaṃ vaiḍūryamayyāḥ sphaṭikamayaṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt ||\n34.12 tāsu khalu puṣkariṇīṣu vividhāni jalajāni mālyāni ropitā(ny abh)ūvan tadyathotpalaṃ padmaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ saugandhikaṃ madhugandhikaṃ sarvartukaṃ sarvakālikam anāvṛtaṃ sarvajanasya ||\n34.13 tāsāṃ kha(lu) p(uṣ)kariṇīnāṃ tīreṣu vividhāni sthalajāni mālyāni ropitāny abhūvan tadyathātimuktakaś campakaḥ pāṭalā vārṣikā mālikā navamālikā sumanā yū(thikā dhānuṣk)ārī sarvartukaṃ sarvakālikam anāvṛtaṃ sarvajanasya ||\n34.14 tāsāṃ khalu puṣkariṇīnāṃ tīreṣu rājñā mahāsudarśanena kanyāḥ sthāpitā (abhūvan) yā annam annārthibhyaḥ prayacchanti pānaṃ pānārthibhyo vastraṃ vastrārthibhyaḥ || mālāgandhavilepanāni mālāgandhavilepanārthibhyaḥ prayacchanti ||\n34.15 ye khal(u) kuśāvatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ dhūrtā vā matt(ā vā śauṇḍā vā krīḍitukāmā rami)tukāmāḥ paricārayitukāmā bhavanti te tāsu tālāntarikāsu krīḍanti ramanti paricār(ayanti ||) 34.16 tenaiva tālavṛntaśabdena kuśāvat(y ānanda rājadhānī dvādaśena) vin(ā)ditā babhūva tadyathā hastiśabdenāśvaśabdena rathaśabdena pattiśabdena śaṃkha(śabdena) paṭahaśabdena bherīśabdena mṛ(daṅgaśabdena vādyaśabdena gītaśabdena vaṃśa)śabdena || dānāni dadata || puṇyāni kuruta || upa(v)āsam upavasata || śīlaṃ samādāya vartadhva(ṃ) śabdena ||\n34.17 kuś(ā)vat(y)ām ānanda rājadh(ā)ny(āṃ rājā mahā)sudarśano nāma( babhū)v(a) saptabhī ratnaiḥ samanvāgataś catasṛbhiś ca mānuṣikābhir ṛddhibhiḥ ||\n34.18 katamaiḥ saptabhiḥ || tadyathā cakraratnena hastiratnenāśva(ratnena maṇiratne)n(a) strīratnena gṛhapatiratnena pariṇāyakaratnena saptamena ||\n34.19 katamābhiś catasṛbhir mānuṣikābhir ṛddhibhiḥ || rājā mahā(sudarśano dīrghāyuṣko ')bhūc cirasthitikaḥ || sa caturaśītivarṣasahasrāṇi kumārakrīḍāyāṃ krīḍitavān || caturaśītivarṣasahasrāṇi yauvarā(jyaṃ kāritavān ||) caturaśītivarṣasahasrāṇi mahārājyaṃ kāritavān || caturaśītivarṣasahasrāṇi rājarṣir brahmacaryam acārṣīt ||\n34.20 yad ānanda rājā mahāsuda(r)ś(ano dīrghāyuṣko 'bhūc cirasthitikaś catu)raśītivarṣasahasrāṇi kumārakakrīḍāyāṃ krīḍitavān pūrvavat || iyaṃ rājño mahāsudarśanasyarddhir ity (u)cyate ||\n34.21 punar a(paraṃ rājā mahāsudarśano ')bhirūpo 'bhūd darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko 'tikrāntaś ca mānuṣyakaṃ varṇam asaṃprāptaś ca divyaṃ varṇam ||\n34.22 yad ānanda rājā mahāsuda(r)śan(o 'bhirūpo 'bhūd darśanīyaḥ pūrvavat || iyaṃ rā)jño mahāsudarśanasyarddhir ity ucyate ||\n34.23 punar aparaṃ rājā mahāsudarśano 'lpābādho 'bhūd arogajātīyaḥ samav(ipacanayā grahaṇyā samanvāgato nātyu)ṣṇayā nātiśītayāvyābādhayartusukhayā yayāsyāśitapītakhāditāsvāditaṃ samyak sukhena paripākaṃ (gatam abhūt ||) 34.24 (yad ānanda rājā mahā)sudarśano 'lpābādho 'bhūd arogajātīyaḥ pūrvavat || iyaṃ rājño mahāsudarśanasyarddhir ity ucyate ||\n34.25 punar aparaṃ rājā mahāsuda(r)ś(anaḥ sarva)j(ā)n(a)padānāṃ priyaś cābhūn manāpaś ca tadyathā putrāṇāṃ pitā || rājño 'pi mahāsudarśanasya naigamaj(ā)napadāḥ priy(ā)ś cā(bhūvan manāpāś ca tadyathā pi)tuḥ putrāḥ ||\n34.26 eko 'yaṃ samayo rājā mahāsudarśana udyānabhūmiṃ niryān sārathim āmantrayate || manda(ṃ) mandaṃ tāvat sārathe rathaṃ (vartaya yathāhaṃ naigamajānapadāṃś ciraṃ paśyeyaṃ || naigamajāna)padā api tatra sārathim āmantrayante || (mandaṃ mandaṃ tāvat sārathe rathaṃ vartaya yathā vayaṃ devaṃ ciraṃ paśyema ||) 34.27 (yad ānanda rājā mahāsudarśanaḥ sarvajānapadānāṃ priyaś cābhūn) manāpaś ca pūrvavat || i(yaṃ rājño mahāsudarśanasyarddhir ity ucyate ||) 34.28 (atha naigama)jānapadāḥ prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam ādāya maṇi(ratnaṃ ca kaṃbalaratnaṃ ca yena rā)jā mahāsudarśanas te(nopajagmuḥ || upetya rājānaṃ mahāsudarśanam idam avocan ||) 34.29 (idaṃ devāya prabhū)taṃ suvarṇam ānītaṃ maṇiratnaṃ ca kaṃbalaratnaṃ ca || tad devaḥ pra(tigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya ||) 34.30 (madrājye 'pi yad evaṃ dhanajātam ity uktvā niravekṣāsyotpannā pratigrahītuṃ nādhivāsayati ||) 34.31 (nai)gamajānapadā rājānaṃ mahā(sudarśanam idam avocan ||) 34.32 (idaṃ devāya prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam ānītaṃ maṇiratnaṃ ca kaṃbalaratnaṃ ca || tad devaḥ pratigṛhṇātv anu)kampām upādāya ||\n34.33 dvir api trir a(pi rājā mahāsudarśano naigamajānapadān āmantrayate ||) 34.34 (madrājye 'pi ya)d (e)va(ṃ) dhanajāta(m) ity uktvā nirav(e)kṣā(sy)ot(pannā pratigrahītuṃ nā)dhivāsayati ||\n34.35 atha naigamaj(ānapadānām etad abhavat ||) 34.36 (nāsmākaṃ pratirūpaṃ syād yad idaṃ devāya prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam ānīya maṇiratnaṃ ca kaṃbalaratnaṃ ca) tad vayam ādāya svakasvaka(niveśanaṃ gamiṣyāmaḥ || yannu vayaṃ rājño mahāsudarśanasya purato mahāntaṃ suvarṇasya ca rājata)sya (ca rā)śim ākīrya maṇiratnaṃ kaṃbalaratnaṃ caikānta upanikṣipy(ai)t(ad) de(vasya dhanajātam ity upekṣya prakrāmema ||) 34.37 (iti viditvā rājño mahāsudarśanasya pu)rato mahāntaṃ suvarṇa(sya ca rājatasya ca rāśim ākīrya maṇiratnaṃ kaṃbalaratnaṃ caikānta upanikṣipyaitad devasya dhanajātam ity upekṣya prakrāntāḥ ||) 34.38 (atha rājño mahā)sudarśanasyaitad abhavat ||\n34.39 saṃpanna(ṃ) me dhanajātaṃ dharmeṇa nādharmeṇa || yannv ahaṃ dh(ārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpayeyam ||) 34.40 (aśrauṣuś caturaśītikoṭṭarāja)sahasrāṇ(i) rājā mahāsudarśano dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpayitukāmaḥ ||\n34.41 śrutvā ca (yena rājā mahāsudarśanas tenopajagmuḥ || upetya rājānaṃ) mah(ā)sudarśanam idam avocan ||\n34.42 alpotsuko devo bhavatu dhārmāt prāsādāt (|| vayaṃ dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpa)yiṣy(ā)maḥ ||\n34.43 (grā)m(aṇ)y(o madrājye 'py evaṃ)rūpāṇi (dha)najātāny ity (uktvā nādh)i(vāsa)yati ||\n34.44 (dvir api trir api caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi rājānaṃ mahā)sudarśanam idam avocan ||\n34.45 a(l)p(otsuko devo bhavatu dhārmāt prāsādāt || vayaṃ dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpayiṣyāmaḥ ||) 34.46 (dvir api trir api rājā mahāsudar)śanaś caturaśītiṃ koṭṭarājasaha(srāṇy āmantrayate ||) 34.47 (grāmaṇyo madrājye 'py evaṃrūpāṇi dhanajātāny ity uktvā nādhivāsayati ||) 34.48 atha caturaśītiḥ koṭṭarājasaha(srāṇi rājño mahāsudarśanas)y(a pāda)y(or vai) ś(irasās)ādya || e(ka)tyā bāhū(n) pragṛhya || ekatyāś cīv(arakarṇakaṃ pragṛhya ||) ekatyā yena rājā mahāsudarśa(nas tenāñ)jali(ṃ) praṇamya rājānaṃ mahāsudarś(anam idam a)vo(can ||) 34.49 alpotsuko devo bh(avatu dhārmāt prāsādāt || vayaṃ dhā)rma(ṃ) prāsādaṃ māpayiṣyāmaḥ ||\n34.50 adhivāsayati rājā mahāsudarśanaś caturaś(ī)ti(koṭṭarājasa)hasrāṇāṃ tūṣṇ(ī)mbh(āvena ||) 34.51 (atha caturaśītikoṭṭarājasaha)srāṇi rājño mahāsudarśanasya tūṣṇī(mbhāvenādhi)vāsanaṃ viditvā svakasvakani(veśana)m āgatya 34.52 prabhūtaṃ suvarṇa(hiraṇyam ekaikaṃ ca ratnastambham ādāya) y(e)na rājā mahāsudarśanas tenopasaṃkr(ān)t(ā)ḥ || āgatya rājā(naṃ mahāsudarśa)nam idam avocan ||\n34.53 kutra vayaṃ deva (dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpayema kī)van vā ||\n34.54 tena hi yūyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ pū(rveṇa kuśāva)ty(ā r)ā(jadhā)ny(ā) asya dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ mā(pa)yatha yojanam āyāmena yoja(naṃ vistāreṇa ||) 34.55 (evaṃ deveti caturaśītikoṭṭarājasaha)srāṇi rājño mahāsudarśanasya (pratiśrutya pūrveṇa kuśāvatyā) dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ māpayanti (taṃ ca) yojanam āyāmena yojana(ṃ) vistā(reṇa ||) 34.56 (dhārma ānanda prāsāde caturvi)dhāni prācīnāni māpit(ā)ny a(bhū)van (s)auvarṇāni rājatāni vaiḍūrya(ma)yāṇi sphaṭi(kama)yāni || caturvidhāny ās(anāni māpitāny abhūvan sauvarṇāni rājatāni) vaiḍū(r)yamayā(ṇi) s(phaṭikamayāni ||) 34.57 dhārme prāsāde caturv(i)dhāḥ staṃbhā ucchritā abhūvan sauvarṇā rājatā vaiḍūryamayāḥ sphaṭikamayāḥ ||\n34.58 sauvarṇasya staṃbhasya rājataḥ ku(ṃ)bhakaḥ kṛpaṭakaśīrṣakaṃ go(sā)rako māpito babhūva || rājatasya sauvarṇaḥ vaiḍūryamayasya spha(ṭ)ikamayaḥ sph(aṭikamayasya s)t(aṃ)bhasya vaiḍūryamayaḥ kuṃbhakaḥ kṛpaṭakaśīrṣakaṃ gosārako māpito babhūva ||\n34.59 dhārme prāsāde ca(turvidhā gopānasyo māpitā abhūvan sauvarṇā rāja)tā vaiḍūryamayāḥ sphaṭikamayāḥ ||\n34.60 dhārme prāsāde caturvidhā baladharaṇīyā māpitā abhūvan sauv(arṇā rājatā vaiḍūryamayāḥ sphaṭikamayāḥ ||) 34.61 (dhārme prā)sāde caturvidhā avaṣaṅgā māpitā abhūvan sauvarṇā rājatā vaiḍūryamayāḥ (s)phaṭikamayāḥ ||\n34.62 dhārme (p)r(āsāde caturvidhā aṭṭālā māpitā abhūvan sauvarṇā rājatā vaiḍū)ryamayāḥ sphaṭikamayāḥ ||\n34.63 dhārmaḥ prāsādaś (ca)turvidhaiḥ phalakaiś channo 'bhūt sauvarṇai rājatair vaiḍūryamayai(ḥ sphaṭikamayaiḥ ||) 34.64 (dhārme prāsāde caturvidhāni sopānāni māpitāny abhūvan) sauvarṇāni rājatāni vaiḍūryamayāṇi sph(aṭi)kamayāni ||\n34.65 dhārmaḥ prāsādaś caturv(i)dhābhir vedikābhiḥ parikṣipto ('bhūt sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ ||) 34.66 sauvarṇyā v(e)dikāyā rājataṃ sūcy(ā)l(aṃ)banam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt || rāja(ty)āḥ sauvarṇaṃ vaiḍūrya(mayyāḥ sphaṭikamayaṃ sphaṭikamayyā vaiḍūryamayaṃ sūcyālaṃba)nam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt ||\n34.67 dhārma ānanda prāsāde caturaśītikūṭāgārasahasrāṇi māpitā(ny abhūvan ekaikaṃ caturṇāṃ varṇānāṃ tadyathā sauvarṇānāṃ) rājatānāṃ vaiḍūryamayāṇāṃ sphaṭikamayānām ||\n34.68 sauvarṇe kūṭāgāre rājataḥ paryaṅkaḥ sthāpito 'bhū(t paṭikāstṛto goṇikāstṛtas tūlikāstṛtaś citrikā)stṛtaḥ paṭalikāstṛtaḥ kāliṅgaprāvārapratyāstaraṇaḥ sottaracchadapaṭa ubhayāntalo(hitopadhānaḥ ||) 34.69 (rājate sauvarṇo vaiḍūryamaye sphaṭikama)yaḥ sphaṭikamaye vaiḍūryamayaḥ paryaṅkaḥ sthāpito 'bhūt paṭikāstṛto goṇikāstṛtas tūlikāstṛtaś citri(kāstṛtaḥ paṭalikāstṛtaḥ kāliṅgaprāvārapratyā)staraṇaḥ sottaracchadapaṭa ubhayāntalohitopadhānaḥ ||\n34.70 sauv(arṇas)y(a) kūṭāg(ā)r(as)y(a p)ura(s)t(ā)d r(ā)jatas tālo mā(pito 'bhūt sauvarṇena patreṇa puṣpeṇa phalena || rājatasya sauvarṇo vaiḍūryamayasya sphaṭikamayaḥ || sphaṭikamayasya) vaiḍūryamayaḥ sphaṭikamayena patreṇa puṣpe(ṇa phalena ||) 34.71 (teṣāṃ khalu tālānāṃ vāyunā preritānām ayam evaṃrūpo manojñaḥ śabdo niścarati yathā pañcāṅgikasya) tūryasya kuśalena puruṣeṇa (samyaksupravāditasya ||) 34.72 (dhārmaḥ prāsādaḥ kanakavālikāstṛto 'bhūc candanavāripariṣikto hemajālāvatata)s suvarṇakaṅkaṇikāvṛtaḥ ||\n34.73 atha caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi s(arvajātakṛtaniṣṭhitaṃ dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ viditvā dhārmasya prāsādasya purastād dhārmīṃ puṣkariṇīṃ māpayanti yojanam āyā)mena yojanaṃ vistāreṇa ||\n34.74 dhārmī puṣkariṇī caturvi(dhābhir iṣṭikābhiś citā babhūva sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ ||) 34.75 (tasyāṃ khalu puṣkariṇ)y(āṃ) caturvidhāni sopānāni māpitāny abhūv(an) s(auvarṇāni rājatāni vaiḍūryamayāṇi sphaṭikamayāni ||) 34.76 (sā khalu puṣkariṇī caturvidhābhiḥ vedikābhiḥ parikṣiptā ba)bhūva sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sph(aṭikamayībhiḥ || sauvarṇyā vedikāyā rājataṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt || rājatyāḥ sauvarṇaṃ vai)ḍūryamayyāḥ sphaṭikamayaṃ sphaṭi(kamayyā vaiḍūryamayaṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt ||) 34.77 (tasyāṃ khalu puṣkariṇyāṃ vividhāni ja)lajāni mālyāni ropitāny (abhūvan tadyathotpalaṃ padmaṃ kumudaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ saugandhikaṃ madhugandhikaṃ sarvartukaṃ sarvakālikam anāvṛtaṃ sa)rvajanasya ||\n34.78 tasyāḥ khalu puṣkariṇyās tīre (vividhāni sthalajāni mālyāni ropitāny abhūvan tadyathātimuktakaś caṃpakaḥ pāṭalā vārṣikā mālikā navamā)likā s(u)manā y(ū)thikā dhānuṣkārī sarv(artukaṃ sarvakālikam anāvṛtaṃ sarvajanasya ||) 34.79 (dhārmī puṣkariṇī kanakavālikāstṛtābhūc candanavāripariṣi)ktā he(majālāvatat)ā suvarṇakaṅkaṇikāvṛtā ||\n34.80 atha caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi sarvaj(ā)ta(k)ṛtan(i)ṣṭh(i)t(aṃ) dh(ār)m(aṃ prā)s(ādaṃ) dh(ār)m(ī)ñ c(a) pu(ṣ)k(a)r(iṇīṃ viditvā dhārmyāḥ) puṣkari(ṇyāḥ purastād dhā)rmaṃ tālavanaṃ māpayanti yojanam āyāmena yojanaṃ vistāreṇa ||\n34.81 dhārme tālavane caturvidhās tālā māpitā abhūvan sauvarṇā rājatā v(ai)ḍūryamayāḥ spha(ṭi)kamay(ā)ḥ || sauvarṇasya tālasya rājataṃ patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ māpitam abhūt || rājatasya sauvarṇam || vaiḍūryamayasya sphaṭikamayam || sphaṭikamayasya vaiḍūryamayaṃ patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ māpitam abhūt ||\n34.82 teṣāṃ khalu tālānāṃ vāyunā preritānām ayam evaṃrūpo manojñaḥ śabdo niścarati tadyathā pañcāṅgikasya tūryasya kuśalena puruṣeṇa samyaksupravāditasya ||\n34.83 dhārmaṃ tālavanaṃ caturvidhābhir vedikābhiḥ parikṣiptam abhūt sauvarṇībhī rājatībhir vaiḍūryamayībhiḥ sphaṭikamayībhiḥ ||\n34.84 sauva(r)ṇ(y)ā vedikāyā rājataṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt || rājatyāḥ sauvarṇaṃ vaiḍūryamayyāḥ sphaṭikamayaṃ sphaṭikamayyā vaiḍūryamayaṃ sūcyālaṃbanam adhiṣṭhānaṃ māpitam abhūt ||\n34.85 dhārmaṃ tālavanaṃ kanakavālikāstṛtam abhūc candanavāripariṣiktaṃ hemajālāvatataṃ suvarṇakaṅkaṇikāvṛtam ||\n34.86 atha caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi sarvajātakṛtaniṣṭhitaṃ dhārmaṃ prāsādaṃ dhārmīṃ puṣkariṇīṃ dhārmaṃ ca tālavanaṃ viditvā yena rājā mahāsudarśanas tenopajagmur upetya rājānaṃ mahāsudarśanam idam avocan ||\n34.87 sarvajātakṛtaniṣṭhito devasya dhārmaḥ prāsādo dhārmī puṣkariṇī dhārmaṃ ca tālavanam || yasyedānīṃ d(e)v(aḥ) kālaṃ man(yat)e ||\n34.88 atha rājño mahāsudarśanasyaitad abhavat ||\n34.89 na mama pra(ti)rūpaṃ syād yad aham evam eva dhārme prāsāde adhyāvaseyam || yannv ahaṃ ye (madviji)te sādhu(rūpasaṃmatāḥ) śr(a)maṇabrāhmaṇāḥ prativasanti tān prathamatar(aṃ) dhārme prāsāde bhojayitvā pratyekapratyekaṃ duṣyayugenācchādayeyam ||\n34.90 atha rājā mahāsud(arśa)no ye (svavijite sādhu)rūpasaṃmatāḥ śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ prativasanti tān prathamataraṃ dhārme prāsāde bhojayitvā pratyekapratyekaṃ duṣyayugenācchādaya(t)i ||\n34.91 atha rājño mahāsu(darśa)n(a)sy(aita)d (a)bh(avat ||) 34.92 n(a) m(a)ma pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ dhārme prāsāde pañca(kāmaguṇair sama)rpitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍeyaṃ rameyaṃ paricārayeyaṃ || yannv ah(aṃ) dhārme prāsāda ekena puruṣeṇopasthāyakena rājarṣir brahmacary(aṃ careyam ||) 34.93 (atha rā)jā mahāsudarśana ekena puruṣenopasthāyakena dhārme prāsāde rājarṣir brahmacaryam acārṣīt ||\n34.94 atha rājā mahāsudarśano dhārme prāsāde (p)r(aviśya s)auv(ar)ṇ(aṃ) kūṭ(ā)gāra(m a)dhiruhya rājate paryaṅke niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmaiḥ pūrvavad yāvat prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya vyahā(rṣīt ||) 34.95 sauvarṇāt kūṭāgā(rā)n niṣkramya rājataṃ (kūṭāgā)ram adhiru(hya) s(au)varṇe paryaṅke niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmai(ḥ) pūr(va)vad yāvat pr(atha)maṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya vyahārṣīt ||\n34.96 rājatāt kū(ṭāgārān ni)ṣk(ra)mya vaiḍ(ūryamayaṃ kūṭāgāram adhiruhya sphaṭikama)ye paryaṅke niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmaiḥ p(ū)rvavad y(ā)vat pratha(ma)ṃ dhyānam upasaṃpad(ya vya)hārṣīt ||\n34.97 vaiḍūryamay(ā)t (kū)ṭā(gārān niṣkramya sphaṭikamayaṃ kūṭāgāram adhiruhya vaiḍūryamaye paryaṅke niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmaiḥ pūrvavad yāvat prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya vyahārṣīt ||) 34.98 (atha caturaśītistrīsahasrāṇi yena strīratnaṃ tenopajagmuḥ || upetya strīratnam idam avocan ||) 34.99 (devi prativedayasva || ciram asmābhir adṛṣṭo rājā yena vayaṃ rājānaṃ darśanāyātyutsukyāḥ || rājānaṃ vayaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ ||) 34.100 (āgamayadhvaṃ tāvad bhaginyo yāvad ahaṃ pariṇāyakaratnaṃ prakṣyāmi ||) 34.101 (atha strīratnaṃ pariṇāyakaratnaṃ dūtenāhūyaivam āmantrayate || senāpate jānīhi || ciram asmābhir adṛṣṭo rājā yena vayaṃ rājānaṃ darśanāyātyutsukyāḥ || rājānaṃ vayaṃ draṣṭukāmāḥ ||) 34.102-106 (tena hi yūyaṃ bhaginyaḥ sarvāḥ pītālaṅkāraṃ pītavastramālyābharaṇāni pītānulepanaṃ pītaparivāraṃ saṃpādayatha || yāvad ahaṃ caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi caturaśītināgasahasrāṇy upoṣathanāgarājapramukhāni caturaśītyaśvarājasahasrāṇi vālāhāśvapramukhāni caturaśītirathasahasrāṇi nandighoṣarathapramukhāni saṅgrahiṣyāmi ||) 34.107 (atha sarvās tāḥ striyaḥ pītālaṅkāraṃ pītavastramālyābharaṇāni pītānulepanaṃ pītaparivāraṃ samapādayan ||) 34.108-111 (pariṇāyakaratnaṃ ca caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi caturaśītināgasahasrāṇy upoṣathanāgarājapramukhāni caturaśītyaśvarājasahasrāni vālāhāśvapramukhāni caturaśītirathasahasrāṇi nandighoṣarathapramukhāni samagrahīt ||) 34.112 (saṅgṛhya strīratnaṃ nandighoṣarathe nyaṣīdat || anyā avaśeṣastriyaḥ svakasvakarathaṃ niṣadya yena dhārmaḥ prāsādas tenopajagmuḥ ||) 34.113 (tena khalu samayena dhārmasya prāsādasyādhastād mahājanakāyasyoccaśabdamahāśabdo nāditaḥ ||) 34.114 (aśrau)ṣ(ī)d rājā mahāsudarśano dh(ārmasya prāsādasyādhastād mahājanakāyasyoccaśabdamahāśabdam || śrutvā cānyatamam antevāsinaṃ puruṣam evam āmantrayate ||) 34.115 k(i)m etad bhoḥ p(u)ruṣa dhārmasya prās(ā)dasyā(dhastād mahājanakāyasyoccaśabdamahāśabdaḥ ||) 34.116-120 (imāni deva caturaśītistrīsahasrāṇi strīratnapramukhāni caturaśītikoṭṭarājasaha)srāṇi pariṇāyakaratnapramukhāni cat(uraśītināgasahasrāṇy upoṣathanāgarājapramukhāni pūrvavat ||) 34.121 (tena bhoḥ puruṣa dhārmasya prāsādasyādhastād sauvarṇaṃ bha)dr(ā)sanaṃ prajñ(ā)paya yatrāhaṃ niṣadya mahāja(nakāyaṃ nirīkṣeya ||) 34.122 (evaṃ deveti sa puruṣo rājño mahāsudarśanasya pratiśrutya dhārmasya prāsādasyādhastāt sauvarṇaṃ bhadrāsanaṃ prajñapya yena r)ājā mahāsudarśanas tenopajagāma || upetya rājā(naṃ mahāsudarśanam idam avocat ||) 34.123 (prajñaptaṃ deva dhārmasya prāsādasyādhastāt sau)varṇaṃ bhadrāsanam || yasyedānīṃ devaḥ k(ālaṃ) manyate ||\n34.124 adrākṣīd rājā mahāsudarśano dhārmaprāsādādhastāt sarvās tāḥ stri(yaḥ pītavastramālyābhāraṇāḥ pītā)nulepanā(ḥ ||) 34.125 dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat || atirañjanīyo bata mātṛgrāma (i)ti viditvendriyāṇy utkṣ(i)pati ||\n34.126 adrākṣīt strī(ratnaṃ rājānaṃ mahāsu)d(a)rśanam ind(r)iyāṇy utkṣipantam || dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyā etad abhavat ||\n34.127 yathā khalu de(vo 'smān dṛṣṭv)endriyāṇy utkṣi(pa)ti mā haiva devo 'smābhi(ḥ saṅgamyāpakāraṃ kariṣyati ||) 34.128 (atha) rājā mahāsudarśano dhārmāt prāsādād avatīrya sauvarṇe (prajñaptabhadrāsane nyaṣīdat ||) 34.129 atha strīratn(aṃ) y(e)na rājā mahā(s)ud(arśanas tenopajagāma || upetya rājānaṃ) mahāsudarśanam idam avocat ||\n34.130 imāni devasya caturaśītistrī(sahasrāṇi ||) atra devaś chandaṃ janayatv ave(kṣāṃ devaḥ karotu jīvite ||) 34.131 caturaśītikoṭṭarājasahasrāṇi pariṇāya(ka)ratnapramukhā(ni || atra devaś chandaṃ janayatv avekṣāṃ devaḥ karotu jīvite ||) 34.132 (caturaśītināgasahasrā)ṇy upoṣathanāgarājapramukhāni || atra devaś chandaṃ janayatv avekṣāṃ (devaḥ karotu jīvite ||) 34.133 (caturaśītyaśvasahasrāṇi vālāhāśva)rājapramukhāni || atra de(vaś cha)ndaṃ janayatv avekṣāṃ devaḥ karotu jīvite ||\n34.134 (caturaśītirathasahasrāṇi nandighoṣa)rathapramukhāni || atra devaś chandaṃ janayatv avekṣāṃ devaḥ karotu jīvite ||() 34.135 caturaśītinagarasah(asrāṇi kuśāvatīrājadhānīpramukhāni || atra devaś chandaṃ janayatv ave)kṣāṃ devaḥ karotu jīvite ||\n34.136 pūrve ca tvaṃ bhagini māṃ mitravat samudācarasi sā t(v)aṃ tarhi sa(patnavat ||) 34.137 (atha strīratnaṃ bhaginīvādena rājñā mahāsudarśanena sam)udācī(r)ṇa(ṃ) pr(ā)r(o)dīd aśrūṇi va(r)t(a)yamānam ||\n34.138 atha strīratnaṃ cīvarakarṇakenāśrūṇy utstīrya rājānaṃ mahāsudarśanam idam (avocat ||) 34.139 (kathaṃ tarhi vayaṃ devaṃ mi)travat samudācarāmo na sapatnavat ||\n34.140 ehi tvaṃ bhagini || evaṃ vada ||\n34.141 alpaṃ jīvitaṃ manuṣyāṇām || gamanīyaḥ sāṃparāyaḥ || kartavyaṃ kuśalam || cari(tavyaṃ brahmacaryam || na prā)ptajātasyāmaraṇam || so 'pi deva kṣaṇo la(vo) muhūrto na prajñāyate yatrā(sya kāyasya) sarveṇa sarvaṃ nikṣepo bhaviṣyati ||\n34.142 yad devasya caturaśīti(ṣu) s(trīsahasreṣu strīratnapramukheṣu cchando vā janito rāgo vā janita iṣṭakāntamanāpatvaṃ vā janitaṃ tad) devaḥ prajahātu niravekṣo devo bhavatu jīvite ||\n34.143 yad devas(ya caturaśītiṣu koṭṭarājasahasreṣu pariṇāyakaratnapramukheṣu cchando vā pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo) devo bhavatu jīvite ||\n34.144 yad devasya caturaśītiṣu nāgasahasreṣv (upoṣathanāgarājapramukheṣu cchando vā pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo devo bhavatu) jī(vite ||) 34.145 (yad devasya catu)raśītiṣv aśvasahasreṣu vālāhāśvarāja(pramukheṣu cchando vā pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo devo bhavatu jīvite ||) 34.146 (ya)d d(e)vasya catur(aśītiṣu rathasaha)sr(e)ṣu nandighoṣarathapramukheṣu cchando vā (pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo devo bhavatu jīvite ||) 34.147 (yad devasya caturaśītiṣu) nagarasahasre(ṣu kuśāvatīrāja)dhānīpramukheṣu cchando vā pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo devo bha(vatu jīvite ||) 34.148 (tā idam avocan || tathā hi vayaṃ samudācarāmo devaṃ mitrava)t ||\n34.149 alpaṃ deva jīvi(taṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ) gamanīyaḥ sāṃparāyaḥ kartavyaṃ ku(śalaṃ cari)tavyaṃ bra(hmacaryam || na prāptajātasyāmaraṇam || so 'pi deva kṣaṇo lavo muhūrto na prajñā)yate yatrāsya kā(yasya sarveṇa sarvaṃ nikṣepo bhaviṣyati ||) 34.150 (yad devasya caturaśītiṣu strīsahasreṣu strīratnapramukheṣu cchando vā janito rāgo vā janita iṣṭakāntamanāpatvaṃ vā janitaṃ tad devaḥ prajahātu niravekṣo devo bhavatu jīvite ||) 34.151 (yad devasya caturaśītiṣu koṭṭarājasahasreṣu pariṇāyakaratnapramukheṣu cchando vā pūrvavad yāvan niravekṣo devo bhavatu jīvite ||) 34.152 (yad devasya caturaśītiṣu nāgasahasreṣv upoṣathanāgarājapramukheṣu cchando vā) pū(rvavat) ||\n34.153 (yad dev)asya catu(raśīti)ṣv (a)śvasahasr(e)ṣu cchand(o) vā pū(r)vava(t) ||\n34.154 (yad deva)sya caturaś(ī)t(i)ṣu (rathasahasreṣu cchando vā pūrvavat ||) 34.155 (yad) devasya caturaś(ītiṣ)u (nagarasaha)sre(ṣu ccha)nd(o) vā pūrvavad yāva(n) niravekṣo devo bhavatu (jīvite ||) 34.156 atha rājā mahāsu(darśanaḥ strīratnam anenāvavādenānuśāsya dhārmaṃ prā)sādam adhiruhya sauva(r)ṇaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ pr(avi)śya rājate paryaṅke niṣadya maitrāsahagatena cittenāvaireṇāsapa(tnenāvyāvadhyena vipulena mahadgatenāpramāṇenādvaye)na subhāvite(naikāṃ diśa)m adhimucya spharitvopasaṃpadya vyahārṣīt ||\n34.157 tathā dvitīyāṃ tathā tṛtīyāṃ (tathā caturthīm ity ūrdhvam adhas tiryak sarvaśaḥ sarvā)vant(am imaṃ) lokaṃ maitrāsaha(ga)tena c(i)ttenāvaireṇāsapatnenāvyāvadhyena vipulena mahadgatenāpra(māṇenādvayena subhāvitenaikāṃ diśam adhimucya sphari)tvopasaṃ(pad)ya (v)yahārṣīt ||\n34.158 sauvarṇāt kūṭāgārān n(i)ṣkramya rājataṃ kūṭāgāraṃ praviśya sauvarṇaparyaṅke niṣadya karuṇāsaha(gatena cittenāvaireṇa pūrvavat ||) 34.159 <Im Tib. Wiederholung von 157> 34.160 (atha) rājatāt kūṭāgārān niṣkramya vaiḍūryamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ praviśya sphaṭikamayaparyaṅke niṣadya muditāsahagatena cittenāvai(reṇa pūrvavat ||) 34.161 <Im Tib. Wiederholung von 157> 34.162 (atha vaiḍūryamayāt kūṭāgārān niṣkramya sphaṭika)mayaṃ kūṭāgār(aṃ pra)viśya vaiḍūryamaye paryaṅke ni(ṣadyope)kṣāsahagatena cittenāvaireṇa pūrvavat ||\n34.163 <Im Tib. Wiederholung von 157> 34.164 a(tha rājā mahāsudarśanaś caturo brahmavihārān bhāvayi)tv(ā) k(āmeṣu kāma)cchand(aṃ) pr(a)h(āya) tadbahul(avihārī bra)hmal(o)kasya svabhāvatāy(ā)m upagataḥ ||\n34.165 rajñ(a ānanda mahāsudarśanasya paści)mā māra(ṇān)t(i)kā vedanā babhūva tadyathā balavataḥ puru(ṣa)sya (subho)jana(ṃ) bhuktavato muhūrte syād bhaktaklamaḥ ||\n34.166 syāt khalu te (ānandānyaḥ sa tena kālena tena) samayena rājābhūn mahāsudarśano nāma || na khalv evaṃ draṣṭav(ya)m || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena r(ā)jā (mahāsudarśano 'bhūvam ||) 34.167 (ṣaṭkṛtvaḥ khalv ā)nanda kuśi(na)garī yāvan nad(ī hira)ṇyavatī yāvad yamakaśālavanaṃ yāvan mallānā(ṃ) makuṭabandhanaṃ caityam atrā(ntarā dvādaśa yojanāni sāmantakena bhūyo 'pi tathāgata)sya (śa)rīranikṣe(p)o (babhū)va tac ca r(ā)jñaḥ kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya || idaṃ saptamaṃ vāram ||\n34.168 tac c(ānandārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya nāhaṃ taṃ loke) pṛthivīpradeśaṃ samanupaśyāmi (naiva) pūrvasyān diśi dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimasyām uttarasyāṃ diśi yatra tathāga(tasyāṣṭamaḥ śarīranikṣepaḥ ||) 34.169 (tat kasmād dhetoḥ ||) + + + + + + + + (sam)ucchi(nnā) bhava(ne)t(r)ī ||\n(v)i(kṣ)ī(ṇo) j(ātisaṃ)sā(ro nā)s(t)īdānīṃ punarbhavaḥ |\n35.1 tena khalu sama(y)e(nā)yuṣmān upamāno bhaga(vataḥ purastāt sthito 'bhūd bhagavantaṃ vījayan ||) 35.2 (atha bhagavān āyuṣmantam upamānam āmantrayate || bhi)k(ṣ)o mā m(e) purastāt tiṣṭha ||\n35.3 athāyuṣmān (ānando bhaga)vantam idam avocat ||\n35.4 (viṃśatiṃ varṣāṇi samadhikāni bhadanta mayā bhagavān upasthitaḥ || nāśrauṣaṃ pūrve evaṃvidhāṃ paruṣāṃ vācaṃ yathāyuṣmata upamānasyāvasāde ||) 35.5 (tathā hy anekakalpaśatāyuṣo devatā avadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti ||) 35.6 (kadācit karhicit tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā loka utpadyante tadyathoduṃbare puṣpam ||) 35.7 (tasya cādya bhagavato rātryā madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parnirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati || ayaṃ ca mahāśakyamahāśakyo bhikṣur bhagavataḥ purastāt sthito 'smābhiḥ pṛṣṭhena dṛṣṭaḥ || tena na śaknumo bhagavato darśanāya pūjādhikārikāyai samupakramitum ||) 35.8 (kiyata bhadanta bhagavān devatāḥ sañjānāti ||) 35.9 (yāvad ānanda kuśinagarī yāvan nadī hiraṇyavatī yāvad yamakaśālavanaṃ yāvan mallānāṃ makuṭabandhanaṃ caityam atrāntarā dvādaśa yojanāni sāmantakena nāsti kiñcin mahāśakyamahāśakyābhir devatābhir asphuṭaṃ spharaṇīyam antato daṇḍakoṭiviṣṭaṃbhanamātram api ||)\n36.1 (athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 36.2 (kathaṃ vayaṃ bhadanta parinirvṛte bhagavati bhagavataḥ śarīrapūjāyām autsukyam āpadyemahi ||) 36.3 (alpotsukas tvam ānanda bhava śarīrapūjāyāḥ || prasannā brāhmaṇagṛhapataya etad āpādayiṣyanti ||) 36.4 (kathaṃ bhadanta brāhmaṇagṛhapataya etad āpādayiṣyanti ||) 36.5 (tadyāthānanda rājñaś cakravartino yathā ||) 36.6 (kathaṃ) bhadanta rājñaś cakravartina(ḥ ||) 36.7 (rājñaś cakravartinaḥ kāyo vihataiḥ karpāsair veṣṭyate || vihataiḥ karpāsair veṣṭayitvā pañcabhir yugaśatair veṣṭyate || pañcabhir yugaśa)t(ai)r veṣṭayitvā tailapūrṇāyā(m ayodroṇyāṃ prakṣipyānyayāyodroṇyā pracchādya gandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā dhyāpyate govatā kṣīreṇa nirvāpyate ||) tāny asthīni sauvarṇe kumbhe pra(kṣipya sauvarṇyāṃ śivikāyām āropya caturmahāpathe śarīrastūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpyate cchatradhvajapatākā āropyante mahaś ca) pr(a)sthāpyate gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpai(r dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkriyate gurukriyate mānyate pūjyate ||) 36.8 (evam evānanda rājñaś cakravartinaḥ || ata uttare tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya ||)\n36b (ST.III), Hs.101.5-104.5 (S 360, Bl. 225-226) Hs.101.5: /// + gavāṃ kuśinagaryāṃ viha Hs.101.6: /// + + + p(ar)i(ni)rvṛtasya me Hs.102.1: /// + + + + + .y.+ + śvaryā Hs.102.2: /// + + n. kṣetrakuśalā sa pra Hs.102.3: /// + rabahulā bhaviṣyaṃti pra Hs.102.4: /// kāś ca pariṣatsu lābhasatkā Hs.102.5: /// (a)suragaruḍakinnaramahoragā Hs.102.6: /// + ṣyaṃti satkṛtvā gurukṛtvā Hs.103.1: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + riṣyaṃti śrāvakāś ca lābhasatkārabahulā bhaviṣyaṃti || ṣaṣṭhamavarṣaśataparinirvṛtasya me ānanda + + sār(a)k(aṃ śāsanaṃ) Hs.103.2: + + + + + + + + + (kalaha)jātā bhaṇḍanajātā vigṛhītā vivādam āpannā bhaviṣyaṃti || saptamavarṣaśataparinirvṛtasya me ānanda pratipattisāraka(ṃ) śā(sanaṃ bhaviṣyati) Hs.103.3: + + + + + + + + + + (pa)ṇḍitā bhaviṣyaṃti te ca abhidharma avalokayiṣyaṃti anyatīrthikānāṃ nigrahāya || aṣṭamavarṣaśataparinirvṛta Hs.103.4: (sya me ānanda + + + + sāra)kaṃ śāsanaṃ bhaviṣyati śrāvakāś cānyonyāghātacittā bhaviṣyaṃti sakhilacittā aprasannacittā muṣṭasmṛtaya amai(trī) Hs.103.5: + + + + + + + + + + + viṣyaṃti || navamavarṣaśataparinirvṛtasya me ānanda kṛṣisārakaṃ śāsanaṃ bhaviṣyati śrāvakāś ca kṛṣikarmāntāni kariṣyaṃti nā Hs.103.6: + + + + + + + + + + + + .y. + tena ca jīvikāṃ kalpayiṣyaṃti kṣipratarāś ca bhaviṣyaṃti yad uta āmiṣapratisaṃyuktāḥ daśamavarṣaśataparinirvṛta Hs.104.1: + + + + + + + + + + + + + ṣyati ya ime sūtrāntā gaṃbhīr(ā) gaṃ(bhīrārthā) lokottarā buddhabhāṣitāḥ śunyatāśunyatāpratisaṃyuktā tadyathā sūtraṃ geyaṃ Hs.104.2: + + + + + + + + + + + + itivṛttakajātakavaipulyādbhutadharmapadeśāḥ riñcitvānyakathārāmānuyogam anuyuktā vihariṣyaṃti tadyathā rājaka Hs.104.3: + + + + + + (yuddhakathā)yām annakathāyā(ṃ) pānakathāyāṃ vastrakathāyāṃ vīthīkathāyāṃ vaiśyakathāyāṃ lokākhyānakathāyāṃ kurmākhyānakathā Hs.104.4: + + + + + + + + + (jana)padamahāmātrākhyānakathāyām ity evaṃrūpāsu kathāsu rātrindivaṃś cittam abhiramisyaṃti riñciṣyaṃti pratisaṃlayanaṃ Hs.104.5: + + + + + + + + + + + (anuyo)gam anuyuktaṃ tasmāt tarhy ānanda evaṃ śikṣitavyam |\n37.1 gacchānanda kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānām ārocaya ||\n37.2 adya vo vāsiṣṭhāḥ śāstū (rātryā madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nir)vāṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||\n37.3 yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat k(u)rudhvaṃ mā vaḥ paścād vipratisāro bhaviṣyati k(a)th(a)m (idānīm asmākaṃ grāmakṣetre śāstā parinirvṛto yasya vayaṃ darśanāya pūjādhikārikāyai nopasaṃ)krāntāḥ ||\n37.4 e(vaṃ bha)dantety āyu(ṣmān ānando bhagavato pratiśrutya saṃghāṭim ādāyānyatamena bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇena yena kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānāṃ saṃsthāgāras tenopa)jagāma ||\n37.5 (tena) khalu sama(yena kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃsthāgāre sanniṣaṇṇāḥ sannipatitā yadbhūyasā tenaiva karaṇīyena ||) 37.6 (athāyuṣmā)n ānand(aḥ kauśi)nāgar(ān mallān idam avocat ||) 37.7 (śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃghā vā gaṇā vā pūgā va pariṣado vā || adya vo vāsiṣṭhāḥ śāstū rātryā madhyame yāme 'nu)padhiśeṣe (nirvā)ṇadhātau pari(nirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||) 37.8 (yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvaṃ mā vaḥ paścād vipratisāro bhaviṣyati katham idānīm asmākaṃ grāmakṣetre śāstā parinirvṛto yasya vayaṃ darśanāya pūjādhikārikāyai na samupakrāntāḥ ||)\n38.1 (evam iti kauśināgarā mallā āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ pratiśrutya saputradārāḥ sadāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyāḥ samitrāmātyajñātisālohitāḥ) ku(śinagaryā niṣkramya yena yamakaśālavanaṃ tenopajagmuḥ || upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdan ||) 38.2 (ekāntaniṣaṇṇān) kauśināgarān mallān (bhagavān dhārmyā kathayā sandarśayati samādapayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati ||) 38.3 (atha kauśināgarā mallā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsa)m (u)ttar(āsa)ṅg(aṃ) kṛtvā (yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocan ||) 38.4 (ete vayaṃ bhadanta kauśināgarā mallā buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca ||) ady(āgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ śikṣāpadāni pratigrahīṣyāmaḥ ||) 38.5 (athāyuṣmata ānandasyaitad abhavat ||) 38.6 (saced ahaṃ kauśināgarān mallān ekaikaṃ bhagavato 'ntike upāsakaśikṣāpadāni pratigrāhayiṣyāmy ardharātry agṛhītaśikṣāpadā prasariṣyati || yannv ahaṃ kauśināgarān mallān bhagavato 'ntika upāsakaśikṣāpadāni yugapat pratigrāhayeyam || evaṃnāmā kauśināgaro mallaḥ saputradāraḥ sadāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣe)yaḥ sa(mi)trāmātyajñātisālohito buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchati dharmaṃ saṃghañ (ca ||) 38.7 (athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||) 38.8 (evaṃnāmā bhadanta kauśināgaro mallaḥ saputradāraḥ) sadāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyaḥ sa(mi)trāmātyajñātisālo(hito buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchati dharmaṃ ca saṃghaṃ ca || śikṣāpadāni pratigrahītum icchati || evam) eva rātryāḥ prathamo yāmaḥ ||\natha ca punar āyuṣm(ān ānando 'natikrānte madhyame yāme tāṃs tāṅ kauśināgarān mallān bhagavato 'ntike śikṣāpadāni pratyajigrahat ||) 38.9 (atha kauśināga)rā mallā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumody(a bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ ||)\n39. Tibetisch-chinesischer Sondertext\n40.1 (tena khalu samayena kuśinagaryāṃ su)bhadraḥ parivrājaka(ḥ) prativasati jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ ||\n40.2 sa vi(ṃśatiśatavayaskaḥ kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhan saṃmataḥ ||) 40.3 (aśr)auṣīt s(u)bhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ || adya śramaṇasya gautamasya (rātryā madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||) 40.4 (asti ca me dharmeṣu kāṅkṣitat)v(am ā)śā ca me santiṣṭhate pratibalaś ca (me) sa bhavāṅ gautamas t(at kāṅkṣitatvaṃ prativinodayitum ||) 40.5 (saced yena bhagavāṅ gautamas tenopasaṅkrameyam upasaṅkramya pṛccheyaṃ) kañcid eva pradeśam || saced avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākaraṇā(ya ||) 40.6 (śrutvā ca punaḥ kuśinagaryā niṣkramya yena yamakaśālavanaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ ||) 40.7 (tena khalu samaye)nāyuṣmān ānanda ārāmadvāre 'bhyavakāś(e) c(aṅk)r(ame caṅkramyate ||) 40.8 (adrākṣīt) subhadraḥ p(a)r(ivrājaka āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ dūrād eva || dṛṣṭvā ca punar yenāyuṣmān ānanda)s t(e)nopajagām(a || upetyāyuṣmanta)m ānandam idam avocat ||\n40.9 śrutaṃ me bho ānandādya śramaṇ(asya gautamasya rātryā madhyame yāme 'nupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||) 40.10 (asti) ca me dharmeṣu kāṅkṣitatvam āśā ca me santiṣ(ṭhat)e pratibalaś ca me sa bh(avāṅ gautamas tat kāṅkṣitatvaṃ prativinodayitum ||) 40.11 (saced yena bhagavāṅ gautama)s tenopasaṅkrameyam upasaṅkramya pṛccheyaṃ kañcid eva pradeśaṃ sac(ed avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākaraṇāya ||) 40.12 (ānandāha || alaṃ subhadra mā bhagavantaṃ viheṭhaya śrāntakāyo bhagavāṅ klāntakāyaḥ sugataḥ ||) 40.13 (dvir api trir api subha)d(ra)ḥ parivrā(jaka āyuṣmantam ā)nandam idam avocat ||\n40.14 śrutaṃ (bho ānanda purāṇānāṃ parivrājakānām antikāj jīrṇānāṃ vṛddhānāṃ mahatāṃ caraṇācāryāṇāṃ ka)dācit karh(icit tathāgatā ar)hantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā lo(ka utpadyante tadyathodumbaraṃ puṣpaṃ ||) 40.15 (tasya cādya bhagavato gautamasya rātryā madhyame yāme 'nu)padhiśe(ṣe nirvāṇadhātau parini)rvāṇaṃ bhaviṣyati ||\n40.16 (asti ca me dharmeṣu kāṅkṣitatvam āśā ca me santiṣṭhate pratibalaś ca me sa bhavāṅ gautamas tat kāṅkṣitatvaṃ prativinodayitum ||) 40.17 (saced yena bhagavāṅ gautamas tenopasaṅkrameyam upasaṅkramya pṛccheyaṃ kañcid eva pradeśam || saced avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākaraṇāya ||) 40.18 (punar a)py (ā)yuṣmān ān(andaḥ subhadraṃ parivrāja)k(a)m (i)dam avocat ||\n40.19 (alaṃ subhadra mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhaya śrāntakāyo bhagavāṅ klāntakāyaḥ sugataḥ ||) 40.20 (imaṃ ca punar āyuṣmata ānandasya subhadreṇa) par(iv)r(ājakena) s(ā)rdham antarāk(athāṃ viprakṛtām aśrauṣīd bhagavān divyena) śrotr(e)ṇa vi(śuddhe)nātikrānta(mā)nuṣeṇa || śrutv(ā ca punar āyuṣmantam ānanda)m āmantrayate ||\n40.21 al(am ānanda) mā subhad(r)aṃ pariv(rājakaṃ vāraya pravi)śatu pṛcchatu yad yad evākāṅkṣate || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || ayaṃ (me paści)mo 'nyatī(r)thik(a)p(arivrājakaiḥ sārdham a)ntarākath(ā)samu(dāhāraḥ || ayaṃ ca m)e paścimo bhav(iṣyati sākṣācchrā)vakāṇām ehibhikṣukapravr(ajitānāṃ yad uta subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ ||) 40.22 (atha subha)dra(ḥ) parivrājako bhag(avatā kṛtāvakāśo hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita) udagraḥ prītisaumanasyajā(to yena bhagavāṃs) t(e)nopa(saṃkrāntaḥ ||) 40.23 (upasaṃkramya bhagavat)ā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanī(ṃ) saṃrañjan(īṃ) kathā(ṃ) vividhām upasa(ṃ)hṛtyaikānte nyaṣīdat ||\n40.24 ekāntaniṣaṇṇ(aḥ subhadraḥ parivrājako bhagavanta)m (i)dam avo(cat ||) 40.25 pṛccheyam ahaṃ bho gautama kañcid eva pradeśam || saced avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākar(aṇāya ||) 40.26 <Nur Tib. und Chin.> 40.27 (yānīmāni bho gauta)ma pṛthag loke tīrthyāyatan(ā)n(i) tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapo maskarī gośālīputraḥ saṃjayī (vai)ru(ṭī)p(ut)r(o 'jitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nir)grantho jñātiputraḥ pratyajñāsiṣur ime s(vāṃ) svā(ṃ) pratijñām ||\n40.28 atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ vel(āyā)ṃ gā(th)e babhāṣe ||\n40.29 (ekonatriṃśo vayasā subhadra yat prāvrajaṃ kiṃ ku)ś(a)laṃ gaveṣī ||\npañcāśad (varṣā)ṇi samādhikā(ni ya)taś cāha(ṃ) pravrajita(ḥ) subhadra | 1 40.30 śīlaṃ samā(dhiś caraṇaṃ ca vidyā caikāgratā cetaso bhāvitā me ||\nārya)sya dharmasya pradeśavaktā ito bahirdh(ā) ś(ra)maṇo hi nāsti | 2 40.31 yasmin subhadra dharmavinaya āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo nopalabhy(ate prathamaḥ śramaṇa)s tatra nopalabh(yate) dv(i)t(ī)yas tṛtīy(aś catu)r(thaḥ) ś(ra)m(aṇas ta)tra nopala(bh)yate ||\n40.32 yasmiṃs tu subhadra dharmavinaya āryāṣṭāṅgo mā(r)ga upal(abhyate prathamaḥ) ś(ra)maṇas tatropalabhyate (dvitīyas tṛtīyaś caturtha)ḥ śramaṇas t(atropa)labhyate ||\n40.33 asmin subhadrārye dharmavinaye ā(ryāṣṭāṅgo mārga upalabhyate tadya)thā samyagd(ṛ)ṣ(ṭiḥ samyaksaṅkalpaḥ samyagvāk samyakkarmāntaḥ samyagājīvaḥ) samyagvyāyāmaḥ samyaksmṛt(i)ḥ samyaksam(ā)dh(iḥ || iha) prath(amaḥ śramaṇa upalabhyata iha dvitīya iha tṛtīya iha caturtho na santīto bahiḥ) ś(ra)maṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ||\n40.34 śūnyāḥ paraprav(aca)n(ā)ḥ śramaṇair vā brāhmaṇair vā || evam (atra parṣadi samyaksiṃhanādaṃ nadā)mi ||\n40.35 asmin kha(lu dharmapa)ryāye (bhā)ṣyamāṇe subhadrasya parivrājakasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utp(annam ||) 40.36 (atha subhadraḥ parivrājako dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadhar)m(ā) paryava(gā)ḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣ(as tī)rṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyan(e)y(aḥ śāstuḥ śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpta utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam u)ttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yenāyuṣmān ānandas t(e)nāñjaliṃ praṇamyāyuṣmantam ā(na)nd(am ida)m avoc(at ||) 40.37 (lābhā bhadantānandena sulabdhā yad bhagavatānand)o mahācāryeṇa mahā(cā)ryāntevāsyabhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ || asmākam api syur lābhāḥ sul(a)bdh(ā yad va)yaṃ (labhemahi svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam ||) 40.38 (a)thāyuṣ(mā)n ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n40.39 aya(ṃ) bhadanta subhadraḥ pari(v)r(ājaka ākāṅkṣate svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam ||) 40.40 (tatra bhagavān) subh(adraṃ) parivrājakam āmantrayate ||\n40.41 ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacar(ya)m ||\n40.42 saiva (ta)sy(āyuṣ)m(ataḥ) pravr(aj)y(ā)bhūt saivopasaṃpat sa eva bh(i)kṣubhāva(ḥ ||) 40.43 evaṃ pravrajitaḥ (sa) āyuṣm(ān eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyahārṣīt || eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharan) 40.44 yasy(ār)th(aṃ) kulaputrāḥ k(e)ś(aśma)ś(rū)ṇy avat(ā)rya k(āṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya) samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñāya sākṣ(ātkṛtyopasaṃpadya prave)dayati ||\n40.45 kṣīṇā me jātir uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi ||\n40.46 ājñātavān sa āyuṣmān (ar)h(an) babhū(va suvimuktaḥ ||) 40.47 (puna)r athāyuṣmataḥ subhadrasyaitad abhavat ||\n40.48 na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ śāstāraṃ parinirvāyantaṃ paśyeyaṃ yannv ahaṃ prathamatar(aṃ parinirvāyeyam iti ||) 40.49 tatrāyuṣmān subhadraḥ prathamataraḥ parinirvṛta(ḥ) ||\n40.50 tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||\n40.51 tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo 'dyāgreṇā(nya)t(īrthi)kā na pravrājayitavyā nopasaṃpādayitavyāḥ sthāpayitvā jñātiśākyaṃ vāgneyaṃ vā jaṭilam ||\n40.52 jñātiśākya āgacchet tīrthikadhvajena yady (ā)k(ā)ṅ(kṣeta) dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ tam e(vākāṅkṣa)m(ā)ṇaṃ bhikṣavaḥ pravrājayeyur upasaṃpādayeyuḥ ||\n40.53 tat kasmād dhetoḥ || dadāmy ahaṃ jñātīnāṃ (jñātyabhyanujñāna)m ||\n40.54 anyatīrthikaparivrājakā āgaccheyur yady ākāṅkṣey(uḥ svākhyāte dharma)vinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ tata enāṃ bhikṣavaś caturo māsā(n upādhyāyenākā)lakaiś cīvaraiḥ parivāsayitavyaṃ manyeyuḥ ||\n40.55 (caturṇāṃ māsā)nām atyayāt parivāsinaḥ paryupāsya bhikṣusaṃghasyārādhitacittās tata en(ān ākāṅkṣamāṇān pravrāja)y(e)yur upasa(ṃ)p(ā)day(e)yuḥ ||\n40.56 pravrāj(a)y(a)t(a bhik)ṣ(ava) āgneyāñ jaṭilān || upasaṃpādayata bhikṣava āgneyāñ jaṭilān || tat kasmād dhetoḥ ||\n40.57 karmavādi(no hi bhikṣava) āgneyā jaṭilāḥ kriyāvādino hetuvādino vīrya(vādinaḥ ||) 40.58 (ta)smāt tarhi bhikṣava evaṃ śikṣitavyam ||\n40.59 yat karmavādinaś ca bhaviṣyāmaḥ kriyāvādi(naś ca hetuv)ādinaś ca vīryavādinaś ca || evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam ||\n40.60 (tasmāt ta)rhi bhikṣavo ye te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya s(aṃ)vartante dṛṣṭadharmasukhāya sāṃp(arāyahitāya) sāṃparāyasukhāya te bhikṣubhir udgṛhya paryavāpya ta(thā tathā dhā)rayitavyā grāhayitavyā vācayitavyā yathedaṃ brahmacaryaṃ cira(sthitikaṃ bha)viṣyati bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya (lokānu)kaṃpāyārthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām ||\n40.61 katame te dharmā dṛṣṭad(harma)h(i)tāya saṃvartante pūrvavad yāvad devamanuṣyāṇām ||\n40.62 tadyathā sūtraṃ geyaṃ (vyā)karaṇaṃ gāthodānanidānāvadānetivṛttakajātakavaipulyādbhutadharmopadeśāḥ || ime te dharmā dṛṣṭadharmahitāya saṃvartante pūrvavad yāvad devamanuṣyāṇām ||\n41.1 syā(t kha)l(u yu)ṣ(m)ākaṃ bhikṣavo mamātyayāt || parinirvṛto 'smākaṃ śāst(ā ||) n(ā)sty etarhy asmākaṃ (śāstā) niḥsaraṇa(ṃ) vā ||\n41.2 na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam || yo vo mayānvardhamāsaṃ p(r)ā(t)i(mokṣa uddeśitaḥ sa vo 'dyāgr)eṇa śās(t)ā sa ca v(o niḥsaraṇam ||) (yāni bhikṣavaḥ kṣudrānukṣudrāṇ)i (śi)kṣāpadā(ni tāni kālena saṃghaḥ samagrībhūtaḥ samuddharatu tat sukhasparśavihārāya) saṃvartate ||\n41.3 tasmā(t tarhi) cādyāgre(ṇa) navatara(keṇa) bhikṣuṇā vṛddhatarako (bhik)ṣu(r na nāmavādena na gotravā)de(na samudāca)ritavyo 'nyatra bhadant(eti) vāyuṣmad vā ||\n41.4 tena ca vṛddhatarakeṇa bhikṣuṇā navatarako bhikṣur upasthāpayitavya upalāḍayitavyaḥ p(ā)tr(e)ṇa cīvareṇa śikyena (sarake)ṇa kāyabandhanena (p)r(akara)ṇikayā paripṛcchanikayodd(e)ś(ena yogena) manasikāreṇa ||\n41.5 catvāra ime bhi(k)ṣ(avaḥ) pṛ(thivīp)r(adeśāḥ śrāddhasya kulaputrasya kuladuhitur vā yāvajjīvam anusmaraṇīyā bhavanti ||) 41.6 (katame catvā)raḥ || iha bhagavāñ jātaḥ || iha bha(gavān anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ || iha bhagavatā triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dhārmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ) pravartitam || iha bhagavān anupadhiśeṣe nirvā(ṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ ||) 41.7 (āgamiṣyanti bhikṣavo mamātyayāc caityaparicārakāś caityavandakās ta evaṃ va)kṣ(ya)nti ||\n41.8 iha bhagav(ā)ñ (jātaḥ || iha bhagavān anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ || iha bhagavatā triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dhārmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam || iha bhagavān anupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛ)taḥ ||\n41.9 atrāntarā ye kecit prasannacittā mamāntike kālaṃ kariṣyanti te sarve svargopagā ye (kecit sopadhiśeṣāḥ ||) 41.10 apar(aṃ) catvāraḥ pṛthivīpradeśā(ḥ) śrāddhasya kulaputrasy(a ku)laduhitur vā yāvajjīvam abhigamanīyā bhavanti ||\n41.11 katame catvāra(ḥ) || iha bhagavāñ jā(taḥ || iha bhagavān a)nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ || iha bhagavatā tripar(iva)rtaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dhārmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam || iha bhagavān anupa(dh)i(śeṣe nirvāṇadhātau pa)rinirvṛtaḥ ||\n41.12 āgamiṣyanti bhikṣavo (mamātyayāc caityaparicārakā)ś caityavandak(ā)s t(a evaṃ vakṣyanti ||) 41.13 iha bhaga(vāñ) jātaḥ || i(ha bhagavān anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim a)bhisaṃ(buddhaḥ || iha bhagavatā triparivartaṃ dvāda)śākāraṃ dhārmyaṃ dha(r)macakr(aṃ) pravartitam || iha bhagavān an(upadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau) parinirvṛtaḥ ||\n41.14 atrāntarā ye kecit prasannacittā mamāntike kālaṃ kariṣyanti sarve te svargopagā ye kecit sopadhiśeṣāḥ ||\n42.1 tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āman(t)rayate ||\n42.2 pṛcchata bhikṣavo mā vidhārayata || yasya syāt kāṅkṣā vā vimatir vā buddhe vā dharme vā saṅghe vā duḥkhe vā samudaye vā nirodhe vā mārge vā sa praśnenāhaṃ vyākaraṇena ||\n42.3 syāt khalu yuṣmākam evam || kathaṃ vayaṃ śāstāram āsādyāsādya pratimantrayiṣyāmaḥ || na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyam || bhik(ṣu)r (bh)ikṣo(r āroca)yatā(ṃ) sahāyakaḥ sahāyakasya sa praśnenāhaṃ vyākaraṇena ||\n42.4 athāyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam idam avocat ||\n42.5 yathā khalv ahaṃ bhadanta bh(agavato bhāṣitasyārtha)m (ā)j(ān)āmi nāsti kaścid asyāṃ pariṣady ekabhikṣur api yasya syāt kāṅkṣā vā vimatir vā pūrvavad yāvan mārge vā ||\n42.6 sādhu sādhv ānanda prasādena tvam evaṃ vadasi || ta(thāgatasya tv an)uttare jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate ||\n42.7 yāvantaḥ khalu bhikṣavo 'syāṃ pariṣadi sanniṣaṇṇāḥ sannipatitā nāsti kaścid atra ekabhikṣur api y(asya) syāt kāṅkṣā vā vimatir vā pūrvavad yāvan mārge vā ||\n42.8 api tu karaṇīyam etat tathāgatena yathāpi tat paścimāṃ janatām anukaṃpamānaḥ ||\n42.9 atha bhagav(ān svakāyād uttarāsaṅgam ekān)te vivṛtya bhikṣūn āmantrayate ||\n42.10 avalokayata bhikṣavas tathāgatasya kāyam || vyavalokayata bhikṣavas tathāgatasya kāyam || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || durlabhadarśanā y(asmāt tathāgatā) arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhās tadyathoduṃbare puṣpam ||\n42.11 aṅga bhikṣavas tūṣṇīṃ bhavata vyayadharmāḥ sarvasaṃskārāḥ ||\n42.12 iyaṃ tatra tathāgatasya paścimā (vācā ||) 42.13 (tad) uktvā bhagavān prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || prathamād dhyānād vyutth(āya dvitīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || dvitīyād dhyānād vyutthāya tṛtīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || tṛtīyād dhyānād vyutthāya caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || caturthād dhyānād vyutthāyākāśānantyāyatanaṃ sam)āpannaḥ || ā(kāśānantyāyatanād vyutthāya vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || vijñānānantyāyatanād vyutthāyākiñcanyāyatanaṃ) samāpann(aḥ || ā)k(i)ñcanyāyatan(ād vyutthāya naivasañ)jñ(ā)nāsa(ñ)jñ(āyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || naivasañjñānāsañjñāyatanād vyutthāya sañjñāve)dayitanirodha(ṃ) s(amāpannaḥ ||) 42.14 (a)thāyuṣmān (ānanda ā)yuṣmant(am aniruddham idam avocat ||) 42.15 (parinirvṛta āyuṣmann aniruddha bhagavān ||) 42.16 (naivam āyuṣmann ānanda || sañjñāvedayitanirodhaṃ sa)māpan(no buddho bhagavān ||) 42.17 (saṃmukhaṃ ma āyuṣmann aniruddha bhagavato 'ntikāc chrutaṃ saṃmukham udgṛhītam || caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpya cakṣuṣmanta āniñjyaṃ śāntiṃ samāpannā buddhā bhagavantaḥ pa)r(i)n(i)rvānti ||\n42.18 atha bhagav(ān sañjñāvedayitanirodhād vyutthāya naivasañjñānāsañjñāyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || naiva)sa(ñ)jñān(asañj)ñ(āyatanād vyutthāyākiñcanyāyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || ākiñcanyāyatanāḍ vyutthāya vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || vijñānānanty)āyatanād vyutth(āyākāśānantyāyatanaṃ samāpannaḥ || ākāśānantyāyatanād vyutthāya caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || caturthād dhyānād vyutthāya tṛtīyaṃ dhyā)naṃ samā(pannaḥ || tṛtīyād dhyānād vyutthāya dvitīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || dvitīyād dhyānād vyutthāya prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || prathamād dhyānād vyutthāya dvitīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ ||) (d)v(i)t(ī)yā(d) dhy(ā)n(ād vyutthāya tṛtīyaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || tṛtīyād dhyānād vyutthāya caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ || caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpya cakṣuṣmān āniñjyaṃ śāntiṃ) samāpanno bud(dh)o( bhagavān parinirvṛtaḥ ||) 42.19 (samanantaraparinirvṛte buddhe bhagavaty atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūd ulkāpātā diśodāhā antarīkṣe devadundubhayo nadanti ||)\n43 Vorg. 43 ist ein in der Sanskritversion nicht üeberlieferter tibetisch-chinesischer Sondertext (Nr. VI), in dem berichtet wird, wie König Ajātaśatru von Magadha mit Hilfe eines Gemäldes vom Tode des Buddha in Kenntnis gesetzt wird. Siehe unten S. 490-494.\n44.1 (samanantaraparinirvṛte buddhe bhagavaty ubhau yamakaśālavanasya drumottamau tathāgatasya siṃhaśayyāṃ śālapuṣpair avāki)ratām ||\n44.2 athānyataro bhikṣus t(asyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ babhāṣe ||) 44.3 (sundarau khalv imau śālavanasyāsya) drum(ottamau ||\nśā)s(t)āraṃ parinirvṛtam |\n44.4 s(amanantaraparinirvṛte buddhe bhagavati śa)kro devendras t(asyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ babhāṣe ||)\n44.5 (anityā vata saṃskārā utpādavyayadharmiṇaḥ ||\nteṣāṃ vyupaśamas) sukham |\n44.6 (sa)manantarapar(inirvṛte buddhe bhagavati brahmā sahāṃpatir gāthāṃ babhāṣe ||)\n44.7 (sarvabhūtāni loke 'smin nikṣepsyanti sa)m(u)c(ch)rayam ||\n(e)vaṃvidho yatra śā(stā lokeṣv apratipudgalaḥ ||\ntathāgatabalaprāptaḥ cakṣuṣmān parinirvṛtaḥ |) 44.8 (samanantaraparinirvṛte buddhe bhagavaty āyuṣmān a)nir(u)ddhas t(asy)āṃ (velāyāṃ) gāthā babh(āṣe ||) 44.9 (sthitā āśvāsapraśvāsā sthiracittasya tāyinaḥ ||\nāniñjyaṃ śāntim āgamya cakṣuṣmān) parini(rvṛtaḥ ||) 44.10 (tadābhavad bhīṣaṇakaṃ tadābhūd romaharṣaṇam ||\nsarvākārabalopetaḥ śāstā kālaṃ yadākarot |) 44.11 (asaṃlīnena cittena vedanā adhivāsayan ||\npradyotasyeva nirvāṇaṃ vimokṣas tasya cetasaḥ |) 44.12 (tatraikatyā bhikṣavaḥ pṛthivyām āvartante parivartante || ekatyā bāhūn pragṛhya prakrośanti || evaṃ cāhuḥ || atikṣipraṃ bhagavān parinirvṛtaḥ || atikṣipraṃ sugataḥ parinirvṛtaḥ || atikṣipraṃ cakṣur lokasyāntarhitaḥ ||) 44.13 (ekatyāś cetoduḥkhasamarpitās tiṣṭhanti || ekatyā dharmatām eva pratismaranti || prāg evāsmākaṃ bhagavatākhyātaṃ sarvair iṣṭaiḥ kāntaiḥ priyair manāpair nānābhāvo bhaviṣyati vinābhāvo viprayogo visaṃyogaḥ || kuta etal labhyaṃ yat taj jātaṃ bhūtaṃ kṛtaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ vedayitaṃ pratītyasamutpannaṃ kṣayadharmaṃ vyayadharmaṃ vibhavadharmaṃ virāgadharmaṃ nirodhadharmaṃ pralokadharmaṃ na prarujyate nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate ||) 44.14 (athāyuṣmān aniruddha āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||) 44.15 (mandaṃ mandaṃ) tāvad āyuṣmann ānanda bhikṣavaḥ parākramantu ||\n44.16 tathā hy anekakalpaśatāyuṣo d(e)vatā avadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti ||\n44.17 katham idānīṃ bhikṣavaḥ svyākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitā apratisaṅkhyānabahulā viharanti ||\n44.18 kiyata āyuṣmān aniruddho devatāḥ saṃjānāti ||\n44.19 yāvad āyuṣmann ānanda kuśinagarī yāvan nadī hiraṇyavatī yāvad yamakaśālavanaṃ yāvan mallānāṃ makuṭabandhanaṃ caityam atrāntarā dvādaśa yojanāni sāmantakena nāsti kiñcin mahāśakyamahāśakyābhi(r) devatābhir asphuṭaṃ spharaṇīyam antato daṇḍakoṭiviṣṭambhanamātram api ||\n44.20 tata ekatyā devatā(ḥ) pṛthivyām āvartante parivartante || ekatyā bāhūn p(ragṛ)hya prakrośanti pūrvavad yāvan nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate ||\n44.21 tāṃ khalu rātrim āyuṣmān aniruddha āyuṣmāṃś cānando yadbhūyasā dhārmyā viniścayakathayātināmi(tavantau ||)\n45.1 (a)thāyuṣmān aniruddha āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate ||\n45.2 gacchānanda kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānām ārocaya || parinirvṛto vo vāsiṣṭhāḥ śāstā yad (va)ḥ k(ṛtya)ṃ (vā karaṇī)ya(ṃ) vā tat kurudhvaṃ || mā vaḥ paścād vipratisāro bhaviṣyati || katham idānīm asmākaṃ grāmakṣetre śāstā par(i)n(ir)vṛ(to) yasya vaya(ṃ) pūj(ā)dhikārikām au(t)suky(aṃ) na s(amāpannāḥ ||) 45.3. (evam ity āyuṣmā)n ānanda āyuṣmato 'niruddhasya pratiśrutya saṃghāṭim ādāyānyatamena bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇena yena kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānāṃ saṃsthāgāras t(e)n(o)pajagāma ||\n45.4 tena khalu samayena kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃsthāgāre sanniṣaṇṇāḥ sannipatitā yadbhūyasā tenaiva karaṇīyena ||\n45.5 athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kauśināgarān mallān idam avocat ||\n45.6 śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃghā vā gaṇā vā pūgā vā pariṣado vā || parinirvṛto vo vāsiṣṭhāḥ śāstā yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvam || mā vaḥ paścād vipratisāro bhaviṣyati || katham idānīm asmākaṃ grāmakṣetre śāstā parinirvṛto yasya vayaṃ pū(j)ādhikārikām autsukyaṃ na samāpannāḥ ||\n45.7 śrutvā ca punas tata ekatyāḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ pṛthivyām āvartante parivartante || ek(atyā bāhūn pragṛhya prakrośanti || e)vam āhuḥ || atikṣipraṃ bhagavān parinirvṛtaḥ || atikṣipraṃ sugata(ḥ par)i(nirvṛtaḥ || atikṣipraṃ cakṣur lo)kasyāntarhitaḥ ||\n45.8 e(katyāś cetoduḥkhasamarpitās ti)ṣṭhanti || ekatyā dharmatām eva pratisaranti || prāg evāsmāka(ṃ) bhagavatākhyātaṃ sa(r)vai(r iṣṭaiḥ kāntaiḥ priyair manāpair nānābhāvo) bhaviṣyati vin(ābhāvo viprayogo visaṃyogaḥ ||) kuta etal labhyaṃ yat taj jātaṃ bhūtaṃ kṛtaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ vedayitaṃ pratītyasamutpannaṃ (kṣayadharmaṃ vyayadharmaṃ vibhavadharmaṃ virāgadharmaṃ ni)rodhadharmaṃ (p)r(a)lo(kadharmaṃ na prarujyate) nedaṃ sthānaṃ vidyate ||\n46.1 atha kauśināgarā mallā yāvat k(u)śinagaryāṃ gandhaṃ mālyaṃ puṣpaṃ dhūpaṃ vādya(ṃ) tat sarv(aṃ samudānīya saputradārāḥ sadāsīdāsapauruṣeyāḥ samitrāmātyajñātisālohitāḥ kuśina)garyā niṣkramya y(e)na yamakaśālavanaṃ ten(o)pajagm(uḥ ||) 46.2 u(pe)tya bh(a)gavataḥ siṃhaśayyāṃ gan(dh)air (mā)l(y)aiḥ (puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkurvanti guru)kurvanti māna(yan)t(i) pūjayanti ||\n46.3 athānyatra utsadaḥ kauśināgaro malla āyuṣ(ma)ntam ānandam idam (avocat ||) 46.4 (kathaṃ bhadantānanda puna)r bhagavataḥ śar(ī)rapūjāyām au(tsukyam āpadyemahi ||) 46.5 tadyathā vāsiṣṭhā rājñaś cakravartino yathā ||\n46.6 kathaṃ bhadantānanda (rājñaś cakravartinaḥ ||) 46.7 (vāsiṣṭhā rājña)ś cakravartinaḥ kāyo vihataiḥ (karpāsair veṣṭyate || vihataiḥ) karpāsair veṣṭayitvā pañcabhir yugaśatair veṣṭyate || pañcabhir yugaśatai(r veṣṭayitvā tailapūrṇāyām ayo)dro(ṇ)y(āṃ) n(i)kṣip(yānyayāyodroṇyā pracchādya) gandhakāṣṭhaiś citā(ṃ) citvā dhyāpyate govatā kṣīreṇa nirvāpyate || tāny asthīni s(auvarṇe kuṃbhe prakṣipya sauvarṇ)y(āṃ śi)vikāyām āro(pya caturmahāpathe śarīrastū)paḥ pratiṣṭhāpyate cchatradhvajapatākāś c(ā)r(o)py(an)te mahaś ca prasthāpyat(e) gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair (dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkri)yate gurukriy(a)te mānyate pūjyate ||\n46.8 (evam eva vāsiṣṭhā) rājñaś cakravartinaḥ || ata uttare tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya ||\n47.1 ath(ā)nyataraḥ kauśināga(ro malla āyu)ṣmantam ānandam idam avocat ||\n47.2 y(athā khalu va)yaṃ bhadantānandasya (bhā)ṣ(i)tasyārtham ājānīmas tad idam (a)h(ānta)ram a(thavā dvitryahāntaraṃ na samudānayāmaḥ || saptāhāntaraṃ) samudānayit(vā siṃhaśayyāyāṃ va)yaṃ bhagavataḥ ś(arī)rapūjāṃ kariṣyāmaḥ ||\n47.3 e(vam evety āyuṣmata ānandāc chrutvā) 47.4 (tasmin saptāhe bhagavataḥ siṃhaśayyāyāṃ kauśi)nāgarā mallā yā(vat kuśina)garī yāvan nadī hiraṇyavatī yāvad yama(kaśā)lavanaṃ yāvan mallānāṃ makuṭabandhanaṃ (caityam atrāntarā dvādaśa yojanāni sāma)ntakena yad ga(n)dh(aṃ mālyaṃ puṣpaṃ) dhūpaṃ vādyaṃ tat sarvaṃ s(amudānayanti || vihatāni karpāsāny ayodroṇīṃ sarvagandhakāṣṭhaṃ sauvarṇakuṃbhaṃ sauvarṇaśivikāṃ ta)c ca samudānayant(i || bhaga)vataḥ śarīraṃ satkurvanti guruku(rvanti mānayanti pūjayanti ||) 47.5 (athānyata)raḥ kauśināgaro m(allaḥ kauśināgarān mallān idam a)vocat ||\n47.6 śṛṇvan(tu) bhavantaḥ kauś(ināgarā mallā gaṇā) vā pūgā vā pariṣ(ado vā || malli)k(āś ca ma)ll(aku)m(ā)r(i)k(ā)ś ca bhagavata(ś cailavitānaṃ vita)nvant(u ||) mallāś (ca ma)llakumārā(ś ca bhagavataḥ śivikāṃ pragṛhṇantu ||) gandhair mālyai(ḥ) puṣpair dhūpai(r vādyair bhagavataḥ śarīraṃ satkurvant)o gurukurvanto mānayantaḥ pūjayantaḥ p(aścimena naga)radvāreṇa kuśi(nagarīṃ praveśayitvā madhyamadhyenānvāhiṇḍayitvā pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsayi)tvā mallānāṃ makuṭabandh(ane) caitye dhyāp(ayantv iti ||) 47.7 tathā bhavatu kauśināgarā mallāḥ pratyaśrauṣuḥ ||\n47.8 atha mall(i)k(āś ca mallakumārikāś ca bhagavataś cailavitānaṃ vita)nv(an)ti || mallāś ca mallakumā(rāś ca śivi)kāṃ pragrahītukāmā na śaknuvanti pragrahītum ||\n47.9 athāyuṣm(ān aniruddha āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avo)cat ||\n47.10 na śakṣyanty āyuṣman(n ānanda kauśināgarā ma)llā bhagavataḥ śivikāṃ pragrahītum || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || devatān(ām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 47.11 (kaś ca bhadantāniruddha de)vatānām abhi(prāyaḥ ||) 47.12 (devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) mallikāś ca mallakumārikāś ca bhagavataś cailavitānaṃ vitanvant(u || mallāś ca mallakumārāś ca bhagavataḥ śivikāṃ pragṛhṇan)tu || te (vayaṃ gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyair bhagavataḥ śarīraṃ satku)rvanto gurukurvanto mānayantaḥ pūjayantaḥ paścimena nagaradvār(eṇa kuśinagarīṃ praveśayitvā madhyamadhyenānvāhiṇḍayitvā pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇa) niṣkāsayitvā mallānāṃ makuṭabandhane caitye dhyāpayiṣyāmaḥ ||\n47.13 (tathā bhavatu bhadantāniruddha yathā devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 47.14 athāyuṣm(ān ānandaḥ kauśināgarān mallān idam avocat ||) 47.15 (na śakṣyatha vāsiṣṭhā bhagavat)aḥ śivikāṃ pratigrahītum || tat kasmād dhet(o)ḥ || d(e)vatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||\n47.16 kaś ca bhadantānanda devatānā(m abhiprāyaḥ ||) 47.17 (devatānām abhiprāyaḥ || mallikāś ca mallakumārikā)ś ca bhagavata(ś c)ai(la)vi(tānaṃ vitanva)ntu mallāś ca mallakumārāś ca bhagavataḥ śivikāṃ pragṛhṇantu || te (vayaṃ gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyair bhagavataḥ śarī)raṃ satku(r)v(anto) gurukurv(an)to (mānayantaḥ pūjaya)ntaḥ paścimena nagaradvāreṇa kuśinagarīṃ praveśayitvā madhya(madhyenānvāhiṇḍayitvā pūrveṇa na)garadvāreṇa niṣkāsayitvā mallānāṃ makuṭabandhane caitye dhyāpayiṣyāmaḥ ||\n47.18 tathā bhavatu bhadantānanda yathā (devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 47.19 (atha mallikāś ca mallakumāri)kāś ca bhagavataś cailavitānaṃ vi(tanvanti || mallāś ca) mallakumārāś ca bhagavataḥ śivikāṃ pragṛhṇanti ||\n47.20 samana(n)t(arapragṛhītāyāṃ śivikāyāṃ devatā antar)ī(kṣād) d(i)vyāny utpalāni padmāni (kumudāni puṇḍarīkāny a)garucūrṇāni tagaracūrṇ(ā)ni candanacūrṇāni divyān(i) m(andārakap)uṣpāṇi kṣipanti divyāni ca vādyāni sa(ṃ)pravādayanti cailav(i)kṣ(e)paṃ cākārṣuḥ ||\n47.21 ath(ā)ny(ataraḥ kauśināgaro malla)ḥ kauśināgarā(n) mallān (i)dam avocat ||\n47.22 pr(atik)ṣ(ipāmo) vayaṃ mānuṣyakāṇi vādyāni divy(ai)r v(ādy)air (bha)gavataḥ śarīrapūjāṃ kariṣyāmaḥ ||\n47.23 pratikṣipanti (kauśi)nāgarā m(allā mānu)ṣyakāṇi vādyāni divyair gandhair mālyai(ḥ) puṣpair dhūpair vādyair bhagavataḥ śarīraṃ satkurvanto gurukurvanto mānayantaḥ pūjayantaḥ paści(me)na nagaradv(āreṇa kuśi)nagarīṃ praveś(a)yitvā madhyamadhyenānvāhiṇḍayitvā pūrveṇa nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsayitvā mallānāṃ makuṭabandhane caitye upanikṣipanti ||\n48.1 tena (khalu sama)yena kuśinagarī divyair mandārakaiḥ puṣpair jānumātreṇaughena sphuṭā babhūva ||\n48.2 athānyatara ājīvikas tato divyāni mandārakāṇi puṣpāṇy ādāya pāpāṃ (p)ra(krāntaḥ kenaci)d eva karaṇīyena ||\n48.3 tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān mahākāś(yapaḥ) pañcaśataparivāro 'ntarā ca pāpām antarā ca kuśinagarīm atrāntarādhvapratipan(no bhagavato śarī)ram avigopitaṃ vanditukāmaḥ ||\n48.4 adrāk(ṣ)īd āyuṣmā(n) mahākāśy(apa)s tam (ā)jīvika(ṃ) pratimārga(m) || dṛṣṭvā ca punar (e)vam āha ||\n48.5 kutas tvam ājīvikaitarhy (ā)gacchasi || ku(tra tvaṃ gamiṣyasi ||) 48.6 (ku)ś(i)nagaryā aham etarhy āgacchāmi || p(ā)pāṃ gamiṣyāmi ||\n48.7 jānīṣe tvam ājīvika mama śāstāram ||\n48.8 jāne || śramaṇo gautamaḥ || parinirvṛtas te āyuṣmañ chāstā || adya (gate saptāhe va)rtate śarīre śarīrapūjā || imāni ca me tasmān mandārakapuṣpāṇy ānītāni ||\n48.9 athānyataro mahallakas tasyāṃ velāyām idam evaṃrūpam ak(ālabhāṣyaṃ) utsṛṣṭavān ||\n48.10 muktāḥ smas tataḥ kaukṛtikān mahallāt || ya evam āha || idaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ karaṇīyam idam akaraṇīyam || idānīṃ vayaṃ yad eṣi(ṣyāmas tat ka)r(i)ṣyāma(ḥ) || yan naiṣiṣyāmas tan na kariṣyāmaḥ ||\n48.11 tat khalv akālabhāṣyaṃ devatā antardhāpayanti yathā tasyāṃ pariṣady ekabhikṣur api nāśrauṣīt s(thā)payitvā(yuṣmantaṃ ma)hākāśyapam ||\n48.12 tatraikatyā bhikṣavaḥ pṛthivyām ā(va)rt(a)nte parivartante || ekatyā b(ā)hūn pragṛhya prakrośanti || evam cāh(u)ḥ || atikṣipraṃ bhagavān (parini)rv(ṛtaḥ || atikṣipraṃ) sugataḥ parinirvṛtaḥ || atikṣip(r)aṃ cak(ṣu)r lokas(y)ā(ntarhitaḥ ||) 48.13 (athāyuṣmā)n m(a)h(ā)k(ā)śy(apas) t(a)sy(ā) vā(cāyā evamasaṃyatāyā vinodanāya mārgād avakramya bhikṣusaṃghasya madhye prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat || niṣadyāyuṣmān mahākāśyapo bhikṣūn āman)tr(a)y(ate ||) 48.14 (an)ityā āyuṣmantaḥ sarvasaṃskārā a(dhru)vā an(āśvasikā vipariṇāmadharmāṇaḥ sarvasaṃskārā yāvad alam eva sarvasaṃskārebhyo nirvettum alaṃ virak)tum alaṃ vimoktum ||\n48.15 tvarit(aṃ) tvaritam āyuṣmanto bhikṣavaḥ par(ākramantu || bhagavataḥ śarīram avigopitaṃ draṣṭuṃ gacchāmaḥ ||)\n49.1 (atha kauśināgarā mallā bhagavataḥ śarīraṃ vihataiḥ karpāsair veṣṭayitvā pañcabhir yugaśatair veṣṭayitvā tailapūrṇāyām ayodroṇyāṃ prakṣipyānyayāyodroṇyā pracchādya sarvaga)ndhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā prajvālayitukāmā na ś(aknuvanti prajvālayitum ||) 49.2 (athāyuṣmān aniruddha āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat ||) 49.3 (na śakṣyanti kauśin)āgarā mallā bhagavataś citāṃ prajvālayit(um || tat kasmād dhetoḥ || devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 49.4 (kaś ca bhadantāniruddha devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 49.5 (devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) āy(u)ṣmān mahākāśyapa(ḥ) pañcaśataparivār(o 'ntarā ca pāpām antarā ca kuśinagarīm atrāntarādhvapratipanno bhagavato śarīram avigopitaṃ vanditukāmaḥ ||) 49.6 (tathā bhavatu bhadantāniruddha yathā devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 49.7 (athāyuṣmān ā)nandaḥ kauśināgarān mallān i(dam avocat ||) 49.8 (na śakṣyatha vāsiṣṭhā bhagavataś citāṃ prajvālayitum || tad kasmād dhetoḥ || devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 49.9 (kaś ca bhadantānanda devatānām abhi)p(r)āyaḥ ||\n49.10 dev(a)t(ānām abhiprāyaḥ || āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ pañcaśataparivāro 'ntarā ca pāpām antarā ca kuśinagarīm atrāntarādhvapratipanno bhagavato) ś(a)r(īram avigopitaṃ vanditukāmaḥ ||) 49.11 (tathā bhavatu bhadantānanda yathā devatānām abhiprāyaḥ ||) 49.12 (athāyuṣmān mahākāśyapo 'nukrameṇa prāpya kuśinaga)r(īṃ) yena bhagavataś citā t(enopajagāma ||) (adrākṣīt) pariṣad āyuṣma(n)ta(ṃ) mahā(kā)śyapa(ṃ) dūrata eva ||\n49.13 dṛṣṭvā ca punar y(enāyuṣmān mahā)kāśyapas ten(o)pasa(ṅ)krāntā || upetyāyuṣmantaṃ mahākāśyapa(ṃ) pṛṣṭhata(ḥ) pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā ||\n49.14 athāyuṣmān ma(hā)kāśyapo yena bhagavataś citā te(nopajagāma ||) 49.15 (u)p(e)tya tailapūrṇām ayodroṇiṃ vigopa(ya)ti pañcayugaśatāni vigopayati vihatāni karpāsāni vigopayati vihatāni karpāsāni v(igopayitvā bha)gavataḥ śarīram avigopitaṃ vandate ||\n49.16 tena khalu samayena pṛthivy(āṃ) catvāro mahāsthavirā abhūvan tadyathāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍ(iṇya āyu)ṣmān mahācunda āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapa āyuṣmān mahākāśya(paḥ ||) 49.17 teṣām āyuṣmān mahākāśyapo jñāto ma(hā)puṇyo lābhī cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayan(āsana)gl(ā)napratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārāṇām ||\n49.18 athā(yu)ṣmato (ma)hākāśya(pa)syaitad abhavat ||\n49.19 yannv ahaṃ svayam eva bhagavataḥ śarīrapūjāyām autsukyam āpedyey(a ||) 49.20 (athāyu)ṣmān mahākāśyapo 'nyāni vihatāni (ka)rpāsā(ny) anyāni pañcayugaśatāni samudānīya bhagavataḥ śarīraṃ vihataiḥ karp(ā)sair v(e)ṣṭa(yitvā pañca)bh(i)r yuga(śatair veṣṭayitvā tailapūrṇāyām ayodroṇyāṃ prakṣipyānya)yāyodroṇyā pracchādya sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvaikānte 'pakrāntaḥ ||\n49.21 atha sā ci(tā svaya)m eva prajvalitā (ya)thāpi (tad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena de)vatānāṃ (ca) d(e)v(a)tānubhāvena ||\n49.22 athāyuṣmān ānandas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ citām anu(kramaṅ) gā(the) babhāṣe ||\n49.23 yena kāyaratn(e)n(a nā)yako brahmalokam agaman maharddhikaḥ ||\ndīpyate svatanujena tejasā pañcabhir yugaśataiḥ sa veṣ(ṭ)i(taḥ |) 49.24 (sahasra)mātreṇa hi cīvarāṇāṃ buddhasya k(ā)yaḥ pariveṣṭito 'bhūt ||\nabhyantaraṃ bāhyam atha dv(i)t(ī)yam |\n49.25 atha kauśināgarā ma(llā govatā kṣī)r(e)ṇa nirvāpayanti || tatra catvār(o) v(ṛ)kṣā(ḥ) prādurbhūtā(ḥ) kāñcanaḥ kapi(ttho 'śvattha) udumbaraḥ ||\n49.26 atha kauśinā(ga)rā mallās tāny asthīni sauvarṇe kuṃ(bhe) prakṣipya sauvarṇyāṃ śivikāyām āropya gandhai(r) m(ā)ly(ai)ḥ (p)uṣ(p)air dh(ū)pair vādyaiḥ satkurvanto (gurukurvanto mānayanto pūjayanto nagaraṃ praveśya ta)sm(i)n (a)grāgā(r)e (mahāma)ṇḍala upanik(ṣ)ip(ya gandh)ai(r mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pūjayanti ||)\n50.1 (aśrauṣuḥ pāpīyakā mallāḥ || parinirvṛtaḥ kuśinagaryāṃ buddho bhagavān || adya gate saptāhe vartate śarīre śarīrapūjā ||) 50.2 (śrutvā ca caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ yena kauśināgarā mallās tenopajagmuḥ ||) 50.3 (upetya kauśināgarān mallān idam avocan ||) 50.4 (śṛṇvantu bhadantaḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃghā vā gaṇā vā pūgā vā pariṣado vā || dīrgharātraṃ sa bhagavān asmākaṃ priyaś cābhū)n m(anāpaś ca ||) bhavatāṃ grāmakṣe(tre parinirvṛtaḥ ||) 50.5 (arhāmo vayaṃ tasya bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu śarīrabhāgaṃ yena pāpāyāṃ bhavataḥ) śarīrast(ūpaṃ) pr(atiṣṭhāpa)yiṣyāmaś chatradhvajapatā(kāṃś cāropayiṣyāmo mahāṃś ca prasthāpayiṣyāmo gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ) s(at)kari(ṣ)yāmo gurukariṣyāmo mānay(iṣyā)ma(ḥ) pūjayiṣyā(maḥ ||) 50.6 (yat khalu vāsiṣṭhā jānīyāta || asmākam api sa bhagavān priyaś cābhūn ma)nāpaś ca || asmākaṃ gr(ā)makṣetre pari(ni)rvṛtaḥ || nārhāmo vayaṃ (p)r(adātuṃ bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu bhāgam ||) 50.7 (saced dattam evaṃ sādhu || yadi vā na dāsyatha senayāpahariṣyāmaḥ ||) 50.8 (ta)th(ā bhavatu) kauśināg(arā mallāḥ pratyaśrauṣuḥ ||) 50.9 (aśrauṣuś ca calakalpakā bulakā viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā rāmagrāmīyakāḥ krauḍyā vaiśālakā licchavayaḥ kāpilavāstavyāḥ śākyāḥ ||) 50.10 (aśrauṣīc ca rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ || parinirvṛtaḥ kuśinagaryāṃ buddho bhagavān || pāpīyakā mallāś calakalpakā bulakā viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā rāmagr)āmīyakāḥ krauḍyā vai(śālakā licchavayaḥ kāpilavāstavyāḥ śākyāḥ kuśinagarīm upasaṃkrāntā yena śarīrapūjā śarīrabhāgasyāharaṇāya ||) 50.11 (śru)tvā ca punar varṣākāraṃ (brāhmaṇa)magadhamahām(āt)r(am idaṃ avocat ||) 50.12 (jānīṣe tvaṃ varṣākāra || aśrauṣam ahaṃ || parinirvṛtaḥ kuśinagaryāṃ buddho bhagavān || pāpīyakā mallāś calakalpakā bulakā viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā rāmagrāmīyakāḥ krauḍyā vaiśālakā licchavayaḥ kāpilavāstavyāḥ śākyāś caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya kuśinagarīm upasaṃkrāntā yena śarīrapūjā śarīrabhāgasyāharaṇāya || tasmād vayam api caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya bhagavataḥ śarīrabhāgam āhariṣyāmaḥ ||) 50.13 (sannāhayāmi deveti varṣākāraḥ pratiśrutya caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhayati ||) 50.14 (rājājātaśatrur hastyārūḍho bhagavato guṇam anusmaran mūrchitaḥ || hastino 'varopyāśvam āropya tatrāpi mūrchitaḥ || sa idam avocat ||) 50.15 (ahaṃ gantum asamarthaḥ || gaccha tvaṃ varṣākāra caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya) yena kauśināgarā (mallā)s tenopasaṃkram(a ||) u(petyāsmākaṃ vacanena kauśināgarān mallān alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchālpātaṅkatāṃ ca laghūtthānatāṃ ca) yātrāñ ca balaṃ ca sukh(a)ṃ (cānava)dyatāṃ ca sparśa(vihāratāṃ ca || evaṃ ca vada ||) 50.16 (dīrgharātraṃ sa bhagavān asmākaṃ priyaś cābhūn manāpaś ca || bhavatāṃ grāmakṣetre parinirvṛtaḥ || ar)hāmo vayaṃ tasya bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu śarīrabhāgaṃ ye(na rājagṛhe bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaś chatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropayiṣyāmo mahāṃś ca prasthāpayi)ṣyāmo gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair (dhūp)air (v)ā(dy)ai(ḥ satkariṣyāmo gurukariṣyāmo mānayiṣyāmaḥ pūjayiṣyāmaḥ ||) 50.17 (evaṃ deveti varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro rājño māgadhasyā)j(ā)taśatror vaid(e)h(īputrasya pratiśrutya caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pa)tt(i)kāyaṃ yena kauśin(ā)garā mallās tenopajāgama ||\n50.18 u(pe)tya kauśināgarān m(allān idam avocat ||) 50.19 (śṛṇvantu bhadantaḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ saṃghā vā gaṇā vā pūgā vā pariṣado vā || rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīpu)tro bhav(a)tāṃ a(lpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchaty alpātaṅkatāṃ ca laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāñ ca balaṃ ca sukhaṃ cānavadyatāṃ ca sparśavihāratāṃ ca || evaṃ ca vadati ||) 50.20 dīrgharātraṃ sa bhagavā(n asmākaṃ) priyaś cābh(ūn manāpaś ca || bhavatāṃ grāmakṣetre parinirvṛtaḥ || arhāmo vayaṃ tasya bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu śarīrabhāgaṃ yena rājagṛhe bha)gavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhā(payiṣ)y(ā)ma(ś cha)tradhvajapatā(kāṃś cāropayiṣyāmo mahāṃś ca prasthāpayiṣyāmo gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkariṣyāmo gurukariṣyāmo mānayiṣyāmaḥ pūjayiṣyā)maḥ ||\n50.21 yat khalu bhavā(n varṣākāro jānīyāt || asmākam api sa bhagavān priyaś cābhūn manāpaś ca ||) asmākaṃ (grāmakṣetre parinirvṛtaḥ || nārhāmo vayaṃ pradātuṃ bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu śarīrabhāgam ||) 50.22 (atha varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātraḥ kauśināgarān mallān idam avocat ||) 50.23 (saced dattam evaṃ sādhu || ya)di vā na (d)āsya(tha senayāpahariṣyāmaḥ ||) 50.24 (tathā bhavatu kauśināgarā mallāḥ pratiśrutya rājñāṃ saṃghaṃ gaṇaṃ pariṣadam avalokya mallikā mallakumārāṃś ca dhanurvidyām upadiśanti ||) 50.25 (yāvat pāpīyakā mallāś calakalpakā bulakā viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā rāmagrāmīyakāḥ krauḍyā vaiśālakā licchavayaḥ kāpilavāstavyāḥ śākyā varṣākāraś ca magadhamahāmātraś caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānāṃ purastāt saṃgrāmāya vyūḍhās) 50.26 (tāvat kauśināgarā mallā malllikā mallakumārāś ca caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ bahir nagaryāḥ śatroḥ saptakabalakāyasya purastāt saṃgrāmāyāpi vyūḍhāḥ ||)\n51.1 (tena khalu samayena dhūmrasagotro brāhmaṇas tasyāṃ ca pariṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sanni)patitaḥ || atha dhūmrasagotro brāhmaṇa ubhayato vyūhag(e)ṣu s(aṃ)grāmānīk(e)ṣv (aciram anyonyavipraghātikāṃ kariṣyantīti vi)d(i)tvāj(i)n(aṃ daṇḍa)k(e ropa)yamāṇo yena kauśinā(ga)rā mallās tenopajagāma || upe(tya k)au(śinā)garān mall(ān idam avocat ||) 51.2 (śṛṇvantu) bhavantaḥ kauśināgarā mallāḥ s(a)ṃ(ghā vā ga)ṇā vā pūgā vā pariṣado (vā ||) (dīr)gh(a)rāt(r)aṃ sa bhagavān vīta(rā)gaḥ kṣemaś cā(bhūt kṣāntipraśaṃsī kṣāntivādī || yad vītarāgasya kṣemasya kṣāntipraśaṃsinaḥ kṣāntivādino vācaṃ vikurvanto bhavantas ta)sy(a) bhavato gautamasya śarīrakāraṇ(ād anyonyavipraghātikāṃ kartum udyuktā apratirūpam || ahaṃ bhavato gautamasya śarīrāṇy aṣṭadhā vibhaktum autsukyam āpatsye || yasmiṃs tu kuṃbhe tāny asthīni prakṣi)ptāni bhavanti sa (ku)ṃbho 'smāka(m anupradātuṃ yena) vayaṃ dro(ṇagrāmake bhagavataḥ kuṃbha)stūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyāmaś chatradhvajapatā(kāṃś cāropayiṣyāmo mahāṃś ca prasthāpayiṣyāmo gandhair) mālyai(ḥ) puṣ(p)ai(r dhūmai)r vādyaiḥ sat(kariṣyāmo gurukariṣyāmo mānayiṣyāmaḥ pūjayiṣyāmaḥ ||) 51.3 t(athā) bhavatu kauśināgarā mallā (dhūmrasagotrasya brāhmaṇasya) pr(a)t(yaśrauṣuḥ ||) 51.4 (atha dhūmrasagotro brāhmaṇo yena pāpīyakā ma)llāś (ca)la(kalpa)kā (bulakā viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā rāmagrāmīyakāḥ) kr(au)ḍy(ā vai)śālakā l(i)cchavayaḥ kāpilav(āstavyāḥ śākyā varṣākāro brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātras te)nopajagāma ||\n51.5 upe(tya varṣākāraṃ brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātram idam avocat ||) 51.6 yat khalu varṣākāra jānīyā(ḥ ||) dīrgharātraṃ s(a bhagavān vītarāgaḥ kṣemaś cābhūt kṣāntipraśaṃsī kṣāntivādī || yad vītarāgasya kṣemasya kṣāntipraśaṃsinaḥ kṣāntivādino vācaṃ vikurvan)to bhavantas tasya bhav(ato) gautamasya (śa)r(īrakāra)ṇād anyonyavipraghātikāṃ kartum udyu(kt)ā (apratirūpam || ahaṃ bhavato gautamasya śarīrāṇy aṣṭadhā vibhaktum autsukyam āpatsye || yasmiṃ)s tu kuṃbhe tāny asthīni prakṣiptāni bhavanti sa kuṃbho 'smā(kam anupradātuṃ ye)n(a) v(a)y(aṃ) droṇagrāmake (bha)gavataḥ kuṃbh(astūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpa)y(i)ṣyāma(ś chatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropayiṣyāmo mahāṃś ca prasthāpayiṣyāmo gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair(?) dhūmair vādyaiḥ satkariṣyāmo gurukariṣyāmo mānayiṣyāmaḥ p)ū(ja)yiṣyāmaḥ ||\n51.7 tathā bhavatu varṣākār(o brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātro dhūmrasagotrasya brāhmaṇasya pratyaśrauṣīt ||) 51.8 (atha dhūmrasagotro brāhmaṇo bhagavataḥ śarīrāṇy aṣṭadhā bheje ||) 51.9 atha dhūmrasagotro brāhmaṇa ekaṃ bhāgaṃ kauśināgarāṇāṃ mallānām anuprayaccha(ti yena kauśi)nāgarā mallā kuśinagaryāṃ bha(gavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhā)payanti cchatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropayanti mahāṃś ca prasthāpayanti gandhair mālyai(ḥ) puṣpair dhūpair (v)ād(y)ai(ḥ satkurvanti gurukurvanti mānayanti pū)jayanti ||\n51.10 dvitīyaṃ bhāgaṃ pāpīyakānāṃ mallānām anuprayacchati yena pāpīyak(ā) m(a)llāḥ pāpāyā(ṃ) bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayan(ti) pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.11 tṛitīyaṃ bhāgaṃ calakalpakānā(ṃ) bulakānām anuprayacchati yena calakalpakā bulakāś calakalpāyāṃ bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.12 caturthaṃ bhāgaṃ viṣṇudvīpīyakānāṃ brāhmaṇānām anuprayacchati yena viṣṇudvīpīyakā brāhmaṇā viṣṇudvīpe bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.13 pañcamaṃ bhāgaṃ rāmagrāmīyakāṇāṃ krauḍyānām anuprayacchati yena rāmagrāmīyakāḥ krauḍyā rāmagrāmake bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.14 ṣaṣṭhaṃ bhāgaṃ vaiśālakānā(ṃ) licchavīnām anuprayacchati yena vaiśālakā licchavayo vaiśālyāṃ bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.15 saptamaṃ bhāgaṃ kāpilavāstavyānāṃ śākyānām anuprayacchati yena kāpilavāstavyāḥ śākyāḥ kapilavastuni bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayanti pūrvavad yāvat pūjayanti ||\n51.15 aṣṭamaṃ bhāgaṃ varṣākārasya brāhmaṇamagadhamahāmātrasyānuprayacchati yena rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro rājagṛhe bhagavataḥ śarīrastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati cchatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropayati mahāṃś ca prasthāpayati gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkaroti gurukaro(t)i mā(na)yati pūjayati ||\n51.17 yasmiṃs tu kuṃbhe tāny asthīni prakṣiptāni bhavanti taṃ kuṃbhaṃ dhūmrasagotrāya brāhmaṇāyānuprayacchanti yena dhūmrasagotro brāhm(aṇo droṇagrāmake kuṃ)bhastūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati pūrvavad yāvat pūjayati ||\n51.18 tena (khalu samayena) p(i)ppalāyano māṇavas tasyāṃ ca pariṣadi s(anniṣaṇṇo 'hūt sannipatitaḥ ||) 51.19 (a)tha pippalāyano māṇavaḥ kauśināgarān mallān idam avoc(at ||) 51.20 (śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kauśināgarā ma)llāḥ saṃghā vā gaṇā vā pūgā vā (pariṣado vā || dīrgharātraṃ sa bhavāṅ g)au(tamo 'smākaṃ pr)i(ya)ś (c)ābh(ū)n manāpaś (ca ||) bhavatāṃ g(r)āmakṣetre parinirvṛtaḥ || arhāmo v(ayaṃ tasya bhagavataḥ śarīreṣu śarīrabhāgam || idānīṃ vibhakteṣu śarīreṣu ye jvalanasyāṅgārās te) 'smākam anupradātuṃ yair aṅgā(rastūpaṃ bha)vat(o) g(au)tamasya (pippalavatyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyām)i cch(atra)dh(va)japatākāṃ(ś cāropayiṣyāmi mahāṃś ca prasthāpayiṣyā)m(i) gandhai(r) mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpair vādyaiḥ satkariṣyāmi gurukariṣyā(mi mānayiṣyāmi pūjayiṣyāmi ||) 51.21 (anuprayacchanti) kauśināgarā (mal)l(āḥ pippalāya)nāya māṇavāy(a śarīrāṇām aṅgā)rān yaiḥ pippalāyano māṇava(ḥ p)ippalavatyāṃ aṅgarast(ūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpa)yati cchatradhvajapatākāṃś cāropayati mahāṃś ca prasthā(payati gandhair mālyaiḥ puṣpair dhūpai)r vādyai(ḥ) satkaroti gurukaro(ti māna)yati pūjayiṣyati ||\n51.22 tena kha(lu samayena jam)b(u)dvīpe bhagavato 'ṣṭau śarīrastūpā abhūvan n(avamaś ca kumbhastūpo daśamaś cā)ṅgārastūpaḥ ||\n51.23 iyaṃ atra dharmatā || tasmād idam ucyate cakṣuṣmato 'ṣṭau droṇ(āḥ śarirāṇāṃ jambudvī)pe sapta pūjāṃ labhante ||\ndroṇam ekaṃ (ca) puruṣott(amasya\nrāmagrāme pūjyate nāgarā)j(ñ)ā |\n51.24 daṃṣṭrācatuṣkaṃ puruṣottamasya\nekā (daṃ)ṣṭ(r)ā pūjyate tridaśaloke ||\nd(v)itīy(ā gandhārapure manora)me kaliṅgarājño vi(j)i(te tṛt)īyā ||\ndaṃṣ(ṭr)ā (caturthī puruṣottamasya rāmagrāme pūjyate nāgarājñā |) 51.25 Nur Tib. und Chin.; Pāli; cf. Divy 379.19f. 51.26 Nur Tib. und Chin.; Pāli 51.27 Nur Tib.